Skip to main content

Full text of "Contributions to the criticism of the Greek New Testament, being the introduction to an edition of the Codex Augiensis and fifty other manuscripts"

See other formats


JU/.  (2^^^<-^^^  /2^^/^^^^^€i2^ , 


/^ 


CONTRIBUTIONS    TO    THE    CRITICISM 


GREEK    NEW     TESTAMENT, 


CatrArfils^ ' 


PRINTED    B\-     C.    J.     CLAY,    M. 

AT  THE    UNIVERSITY  PRESS. 


CONTRIBUTIONS    TO    THE    CRITICISM 


GREEK    NEW     TESTAMENT, 


THE   INTRODUCTION  TO  AN  EDITION  OF  THE 

CODEX  AUGIENSIS  AND  FIFTY 

OTHER  MANUSCRIPTS. 


REV.   FREDERICK  HENRY  SCRIVENER,   M.A. 

PERPETUAL   CURATE  OF    PENWERRIS,    FALMOUTH. 


CAMBRIDGE:  DEIGHTON,  BELL,  AND  CO. 
LONDON:   BELL   AND  DALDY. 

1859. 


CHAPTER  I, 


ON  THE  PRINCIPLES  OF  COMPARATIVE  CRITICISM. 

The  term  ''Comparative  Criticism"  has  been  happily  applied  to  that  delicate 
and  important  process  of  investigation  whereby  we  seek  to  trace  the  relative 
value  and  mutual  connexion  of  the  authorities  upon  which  the  Greek  Text  of  the 
New  Testament  is  based,  whether  they  be  manuscripts  of  the  original,  early 
versions,  or  citations  by  the  Christian  Fathers.  Our  accurate  acquaintance  with 
these  authorities  is  very  limited,  much  that  we  know  about  them  being  due  to 
the  exertions  of  scholars  yet  living:  but  we  are  sufficiently  aware  of  the  extent 
of  the  subject^,  and  the  minute  and  perplexing  inquiries  which  beset  the  Biblical 
student  at  every  step,  not  to  seize  with  hearty  welcome  any  clue  that  may  pro- 
mise to  guide  us  through  a  labyi'inth  thus  dark  and  doubtful.  To  this  natural 
feeling,  far  more  than  to  any  external  evidence  or  internal  probability  of  the 
theories  themselves,  I  would  ascribe  the  favour  extended  to  the  schemes  of 
recension  promulgated  by  Griesbach  and  his  imitators  in  the  last  generation. 
Men  wislied  such  compendious  methods  of  settling  the  sacred  text  to  he  true,  and 
as  demonstrated  truths  they  accordingly  accepted  them.  These  systems,  bold, 
ingenious,  imposing,  but  utterly  groundless,  I  have  elsewhere  discussed  at  length 
(Collation  of  the  Holy  Gospels,  Introd.  Chap,  i.);  it  were  needless  to  revert  to 
them,  for  I  believe  that  no  one  at  the  present  day  seriously  entertains  any  one  of 
them. 

As  Griesbach's  scheme  and  its  subsequent  modifications  were  gradually  aban- 
doned by  critics,  a  more  simple,  but  (I  am  persuaded)  a  no  less  mistaken  theory 
grew  up  in  its  place,  which,  under  the  seemly  profession  of  recurring  to  ancient 
authorities  alone  for  the  remodelling  of  the  text,  deliberately  refuses  so  much  as 
to  hearken  to  the  testimony  of  the  vast  majority  of  documents  that  freely  offer 
themselves  to  the  researches  of  patient  industry.  This  certainly  appears  a  short 
and  easy  road  to  Scriptural  science,  but,  like  some  other  short  routes,  it  may 


1  I  can  hardly  estimate  the  number  of  copies 
containing  the  Gospels  alone  (including  Evangelis- 
taria)    to    be    much  under  a  thousand,   nineteen- 


twentieths   of  which  arc  for  critical  purposes  as 
good  as  uncoUated, 


Is  PRINCIPLES   OF    COMPARATIVE   CRITICISM. 

prove  the  longest  in  tlie  end:  yet  it  is  recommended  to  us  by  names  I  cannot 
mention  Avitliout  deference  and  respect.  The  countenance  which  Dr  Davidson 
lends  to  this  principle  is  neither  unreserved,  nor  supported  by  arguments  he  can 
well  deem  conclusive.  Tischendorf  practically  adopted  it  in  his  earlier  works, 
but  even  then  made  concessions  amounting  to  nearly  all  a  discreet  adversary 
Mould  be  disposed  to  claim:  in  Dr  Tregelles,  however,  it  finds  an  advocate 
learned,  able,  imcompromising\  In  my  endeavour  to  refute  what  I  conceive  to 
be  erroneous  in  his  views  on  this  subject,  I  trust  I  shall  not  be  betrayed  into  one 
expression  that  may  give  him  pain.  I  honour  the  devotion  and  singleness  of 
purpose  he  has  brought  to  bear  on  these  divine  pursuits ;  I  am  sure  that  his 
edition  of  the  New  Testament  hy  reason  of  the  large  accession  it  vnll  maize  to  our 
existing  store  of  critical  materials,  and  of  its  great  accuracy  so  far  as  it  has  yet 
been  tested,  will  possess,  when  completed^,  what  he  modestly  hopes  for  it,  "  dis- 
tinctive value  to  the  Biblical  student:"  I  am  not  the  less  earnest  in  hailing  the 
fruits  of  his  long  and  persevering  toil,  because  I  fear  that,  as  a  clergyman  of  the 
English  Church,  I  differ  from  him  on  matters  of  even  more  consideration  than 
systems  of  Comparative  Criticism. 

I.  For  Dr  Davidson  a  short  notice  will  suffice.  In  his  chapter  (an  excellent 
one  on  the  whole)  entitled  "  General  Observations  on  MSS."  he  tells  us  that 
"  The  first  thing  is  to  collate  the  oldest  thoroughly  and  accurately,  publishing 
the  text  in  fiicsimile  or  otherwise,  so  that  they  need  not  be  re-examined.  All 
the  rest,  or  the  great  mass  of  juniors,  may  be  dispensed  with.  They  are  scarcely 
needed,  because  the  uncials  are  numerous.  At  present  they  do  nothing  but 
hinder  the  advancement  of  critical  science,  by  drawing  oflT  to  them  time  and 
attention  which  might  be  better  devoted  to  older  documents"  (Davidson,  p.  328, 
&c.)  He  then  states  (I  am  not  concerned  to  say  how  truly)  that  Scholz,  from 
attempting  too  much,  accomplished  little,  and  adds,  "  Critics  have  discovered  a 
better  way  than  Scholz's  diffuse  perfunctory  method."  No  profound  discovery 
surely:  that  it  is  better  to  do  a  little  well  than  much  carelessly  is  an  axiom 
tolerably  familiar  to  most^of  us.  Yet  why  must  what  is  well  done  be  of  necessity 
but  little? 

Dr  Davidson's  judgment  with  regard  to  the  order  in  which  the  work  should  be 
executed  must  be  assented  to  by  every  reasonable  person.  Of  course  there  is  a 
presumption  beforehand  that  the  older  MSS.  written  in  uncial  characters  will 
prove  of  more  weight  than  comparatively  modern  copies  in  cursive  letters :  the 


^  I  refer  to  Davidson's  "Treatise  on  Biblical 
Criticism,"  Vol.  Ii.  1852;  Tischendorf s  Prolego- 
mena to  liis  manual  Greek  Testament,  Lips.  1849; 
and  Tregelles'  "Account  of  the  Printed  Text  of 
the  Greek  New  Testament,"  1854.  These  three 
works  I  shall  cite  throughout  the  present  chap- 


ter, 
names 


simply  by  the  page  affixed  to   their   authors' 


^  At  present  (July  1S58)  but  one  part  of  this 
laborious  work  has  issued  from  the  press,  for  the 
use  of  Subscribers  only.  It  contains  the  Gospels  of 
St  Matthew  and  St  Mark. 


PRINCIPLES   OF   COMPARATIVE    CRITICISM.  3 

rule  of  common  sense  is  to  examine  first  what  promises  the  most  richly  to  reward 
om-  pains.  Yet  has  not  tJiis  been  done  ?  Which  of  the  uncial  codices  of  the 
Greek  Testament  not  previously  published  in  full,  has  escaped  the  unwearied 
zeal  of  Tischendorf  on  the  continent,  of  Tregelles  at  home  ?  I  really  know  of 
none,  except  those  printed  in  my  present  and  former  volume,  and  four  Evango- 
listaria  in  England  (Barocc.  202,  Canonici  Grseci,  85  and  92  in  the  Bodleian,  and 
Wheeler  3  at  Lincoln  College),  and  perhaps  a  few  abroad.  Now  respecting 
Evangelistaria  and  Lectionaries,  Dr  Davidson  holds  that  *'  till  the  ancient  codices 
are  collated  and  applied,  it  were  better  not  to  meddle  with  them.  They  must 
have  been  oftcner  copied,  and  therefore  are  more  liable  to  errors  of  transcription." 
I  may  question  alike  his  fact,  his  inference  and  his  conclusion  on  this  point,  yet 
at  any  rate  we  have  here  a  reason,  satisfactory  to  himself,  why  the  whole  process 
of  collation  should  not  be  suspended  till  a  few  Evangelistaria  shall  be  examined, 
hardly  any  of  which  date  higher  than  the  tenth  century. 

But  the  mass  of  juniors,  he  tells  us,  are  scarcely  needed,  '^because  the  uncials 
art  numerous."  On  a  first  perusal  I  was  fairly  at  a  loss  to  account  for  such  a 
statement  from  so  well-informed  a  source.  At  length  I  came  to  recollect  that 
"numerous,"  like  some  others,  is  only  a  relative  term,  conveying  to  different 
minds  widely  difi^erent  ideas.  One  person  will  think  it  a  "  long  distance"  from 
London  to  Lancashire ;  another  uses  the  same  expression  when  speaking  of  the 
space  between  this  earth  and  61  Cycni,  some  sixty- three  billions  of  miles.  We 
shall  therefore  best  see  Dr  Davidson's  meaning  when  we  come  to  simple  numbers. 
In  the  Apocalypse  the  uncial  MSS.  are  three:  one  of  first-rate  consequence,  com- 
plete and  well-known  (A) ;  another  very  ancient  and  well-known,  but  a  mere  heaii 
of  fragments  (C) ;  the  third  of  late  date,  hastily  collated,  and  now  virtually  inac- 
cessible (B).  These,  I  conceive,  are  not  so  "  numerous"  as  to  tempt  us  to  dispense 
Avith  further  information,  when  we  fortunately  have  it  within  our  reach.  In  the 
case  of  the  Acts  and  Epistles  matters  are  not  much  better.  In  the  Acts,  three 
MSS.  are  very  old  (ABC) ;  the  last  of  them  a  fragment :  two  incomplete  (DE) 
exceedingly  precious,  but  not  so  early;  one  (F^)  a  fragment  containing  just  seven 
verses;  one  (I)  of  42  verses:  two  (GH)  imperfect  copies  of  the  ninth  cen- 
tury ;  in  all  nine.  In  the  Catholic  Epistles  we  find  four  entire  MSS.,  one  frag- 
ment. The  list  for  the  Pauline  Epistles  is  nominally  thirteen ;  from  which  deduct 
E  a  mere  transcript  of  D,  make  allowance  for  the  intimate  connexion  subsisting 
between  F  and  G  (see  below.  Chap.  ii.  1,)  and  reckon  several  as  mere  fragments, 
three  of  but  a  few  passages  (F^IL):    not  one  of  the  thirteen  is  complete. 

Dr  Davidson  will  probably  tell  us  that  he  used  the  term  "numerous"  with 
reference  to  the  uncial  MSS.  of  the  Gospels ;  if  so  the  fact  should  be  stated,  lest 
we  be  induced  to  throw  aside  the  cursive  copies  of  other  parts  of  the  New 
Testament  as  if  they  might  be  "  dispensed  with,"  Yet  I  I'eally  know  not  that 
his  case  is   materially   strengthened   even  in   the   Gospels.       True,   the   list    of 

B2 


4  PRINCIPLES   OF   COMPARATIVE   CRITICISM. 

uncials  is  formidable  enough  at  a  rapid  glance.  Tischendorf  s  catalogue  (N.  T. 
7th  edition,  1856)  extends  to  thirty-two:  let  us  briefly  analyse  its  contents.  In 
the  first  place  Ave  notice  ten  which  consist  of  only  a  few  leaves,  some  of  but  a 
few  verses  (F*JXOR'TWYi0A) :  they  are  beyond  all  price  as  specimens  of  the 
state  of  the  text  at  periods  varying  from  the  sixth  to  the  tenth  century,  yet 
I  doubt  whether  all  put  together  contain  as  much  matter  as  St  Luke's  Gospel. 
PQZ  exhibit  larger  fragments,  Z  indeed  a  considerable  portion  of  the  single 
Gospel  of  St  Matthew :  these  three  may  contain  about  as  much  as  the  sum  of  the 
other  ten.  The  Nitrian  palimpsest  R  consists  of  fragmehts  of  St  Luke  on 
45  leaves :  the  two  Bodleian  MSS.  r  and  A  are  considerable,  and  between  them 
contain  about  as  much  matter  as  one  complete  copy  (see  Tischendorf.  Anecdota 
Sacra  et  Profana,  pp.  4 — G).  Then  we  must  in  fairness  deduct  six,  which,  being 
not  earlier  and  some  of  them  decidedly  later  than  the  tenth  century  (GHMSUX), 
are  entitled  to  no  more  weight  than  many  "junior  copies"  of  the  same  age.  This 
observation  applies,  though  with  diminished  force  to  five  (FKVrA)  ascribed  to 
the  ninth,  and  even  to  three  (ELA)  of  about  the  eighth  century.  There  will  then 
remain  but  the  four  primary  authorities  ABCD,  of  which  B  alone  is  complete, 
A  and  C  being  seriously  mutilated.  I  cannot  imagine  that  many  will  judge  this 
apparatus  criticus  so  comprehensive,  as  to  render  further  investigation  super- 
fluous. 

Notwithstanding  the  sentiments  on  which  I  have  commented,  it  were  wrong 
to  regard  Dr  Davidson  as  a  wilUng  advocate  for  the  suppression  of  all  manuscript 
evidence  not  written  in  uncial  letters.  I  shall  presently  have  occasion  to  confirm 
my  own  argument  by  statements  of  his  respecting  the  importance  of  the  cursive 
or  later  codices,  quite  as  full  as  anything  I  could  hope  to  say.  The  fact  is  that 
Davidson,  himself  no  mean  example  of  the  dignity  of  intellectual  toil,  despairs  of 
a  thorough  collation  of  all  existing  materials  from  the  languid  students  of  our 
age.  "It  is  sufficient  for  one  man  to  collate  well  several  important  documents, 
whether  they  be  versions,  MSS.,  or  patristic  citations.  It  exhausts  his  patience 
and  enei'gy"  (Davidson,  p.  105).  So  discouraging  a  representation  of  energy  and 
patience  exhausted  by  a  few  slight  efforts  cannot,  must  not,  be  true  of  the  younger 
school  of  Biblical  critics  in  our  two  great  Universities ;  I  will  leave  Dr  Dobbin, 
the  editor  of  the  Codex  Montfortianus,  to  speak  for  that  of  Dublin.  These  men 
will  not  surely  much  longer  suffer  the  manusci'ipt  treasures  of  their  public 
libraries  to  lie  neglected  or  unapplied.  The  very  repulsiveness  of  this  task,  at 
its  first  aspect,  is  to  the  earnest  student  only  one  reason  the  more  for  prosecuting 
it  with  ever-growing  interest ; 

Et  non  seutitur  sedulitate  labor. 

II.  The  reputation  of  Tischendorf  is  so  firmly  grounded  on  his  editions  of 
the  famous  Codices  Ephraemi  and  Claromontanus,  on  his  Monumenta  Sacra 
Inedita  and  other  learned   works,   that  his   opinion   on  the  great  questions  of 


PRINCIPLES    OF    COMPARATIVE   CRITICISM.  4> 

sacred  criticism  cannot  fail  to  be  regarded  with  considerable  interest.  In  his 
manual  edition  of  the  N.  T.  18-i9  his  practice  must  be  regarded  on  the  whole  as 
adverse  to  me.  His  list  of  authorities  in  the  Gospels  is  limited  to  the  uncial 
MSS.,  and  to  a  few  of  the  cursive  whose  variations  from  the  common  standard 
text  are  most  conspicuous  (e.g.  1,  13,  33,  G9,  102,  131).  Occasionally  indeed  he 
estimates  (very  roughly  of  course)  the  number  of  later  copies  supposed  to 
countenance  a  reading  of  his  uncials,  yet  I  nowhere  perceive  that  he  gives  much 
weight  to  such  testimony  in  the  arrangement  of  his  text.  The  edition  of  1849, 
however,  must  be  considered  as  quite  superseded  by  another  (which,  reckoning 
several  little  known  in  England,  Tischendorf  calls  his  seventh),  now  issuing  in 
parts  from  the  Leipsic  Press.  This,  the  latest  fruits  of  his  persevering  toil,  is  far 
more  comprehensive  in  plan  and  (experto  crecUte)  more  accurate  in  execution 
than  its  predecessor.  In  compiling  it  he  has  freely  availed  himself  of  the  labours 
of  others  in  this  field  of  Biblical  research,  has  cited  the  cursive  MSS,  as  much 
perhaps  as  is  expedient  in  a  volume  intended  for  general  use,  and  in  exercising 
his  judgment  on  the  materials  he  has  brought  together,  has  produced  a  text  (as 
Dr  Wordsworth  has  observed  before  me)  much  more  closely  resembling  the 
textus  receptus  than  that  he  had  formed  before^  I  cannot  help  believing  this 
gradual  and  (as  it  would  appear)  almost  unconscious  approximation  to  the  views 
I  am  advocating,  into  which  more  exact  study  and  larger  experience  have  led  so 
eminent  a  scholar,  to  be  no  slight  assurance  that  those  views  are  founded  in 
reasonableness  and  truth^. 


1  Thus,  for  example,  Tischendorf  s  7th  edition, 
in  St  Matthew  alone,  returns  to  the  received  read- 
ings he  had  rejected  in  1849  J°  ^'^  ^^^^  ^^^^  '^7 
passages.  The  instances  in  which  he  abided  by  the 
common  text  in  1 849,  but  subsequently  deserts  it,  are 
56  in  St  Matthew's  Gospel,  but  about  nine-tenths  of 
them  consistof  Alexandrine  forms  (e.  g.  etdap,  etirav, 
T^\dav  &c.)  which  he  now  prefers  to  the  common  ones. 

2  It  has  been  said  indeed  ("Journal  of  Philolo- 
gy, Vol.  IV.  March  1858,  p.  207")  that  "the  im- 
pression that  Tischendorf  is  now  beginning  to 
entertain  some  respect  for  the  textus  receptus  is 
quite  unfounded.  Many  of  his  present  readings 
accidentally  coincide  with  the  'received'  readings, 
but  that  is  all.  It  is  not  that  he  prefers  the  bulk 
of  late  evidence  to  the  weight  of  early  evidence  : 
but  that  he  makes  the  worst  or  at  least  very  bad 
evidence,  if  supported  by  a  canon  of  probability, 
outweigh  the  best  evidence  standing  alone."  On  a 
point  of  this  kind  there  is  nothing  like  coming 
to  the  test  of  facts.  I  select  the  third  chapter  of 
St  Matthew  partly  for  its  brevity,  partly  because  the 
loss  of  cod.  A  (the  first-rate  authority  which  most 
resembles  the  later  text)  in  this  chapter,  will  so  far 


assist  the  learned  reviewer's  case.  Exclusive  of 
his  constant  use  of  v  ectteKKvariKov  and  oirws  (v.  15), 
Tischendorf  in  his  edition  of  1 849  departs  from  the 
textus  receptus  13  times  :  in  his  seventh  edition  he 
returns  to  it  seven  times  out  of  the  thirteen.  Now 
one  of  these  seven  instances  I  think  favourable  to 
the  reviewer :  certainly  there  is  considerable,  per- 
haps even  preponderating  evidence  (for  versions 
can  be  relied  on  in  such  a  variation)  for  adding 
voTd/jicp  to  'lopSavT)  in  v.  6  ;  Tischendorf  now  re- 
jects it,  as  if  it  were  borrowed  from  Marc.  i.  5. 
The  other  six  passages  seem  fatal  to  the  notion 
that  internal  evidence,  not  diplomatic  authority,  is 
the  operating  cause  which  is  bringing  Tischendoif's 
text  so  much  nearer  what  we  believe  to  be  the  true 
one.  These  passages  are  v.  2  Kal  restored  before 
X^7w;' ;  v.  7  avrou  restored  after  pdirTia/jLa  ;  v.  14 
'I(j}dvvris  restored  ;  v.  15  irpbs  avrbv  of  the  common 
text  replaces  avT(^  ;  v.  16  koI  ^airTiadeis  replaces 
^avTicrdeh  ')i;  v.  16  Kal  is  restored  before  ipx/jfJ-evov. 
In  each  of  these  texts  Tischendorf  in  1849  rejected 
the  common  reading  on  the  slender  testimony  of  a 
single  uncial  B,  countenanced  by  one  or  more  of 
the  Egyptian  and  Latin  versions  or  Fathers,  and 


6 


PRINCIPLES    OF    COMPARATIVE    CRITICISM. 


Yet  even  in  the  Prolegomena  to  his  edition  of  184!)  (no  critical  Introduction 
to  his  7th  edition  has  yet  appeared)  I  find  little  from  which  I  should  withhold  my 
assent.  "  Text  us"  he  observes  "petendus  est  unice  ex  antiquis  testibus,  et 
potissimum  quidem  e  graccis  codicibus,  sed  interpretationum  patrumque  testi- 
moniis  minimc  neglectis"  (Proleg.  p.  xii).  The  drift  of  this  self-evident  proposition 
appears  from  the  next  sentence:  "Itaque  omnis  textus  nostri  confirmatio  ab  ipsis 
testibus  proficisci  dcbebat,  non  a  recepta  quam  dicunt  editione."  Very  true:  I 
for  one  see  nothing  in  the  history  or  sources  of  the  received  text  to  entitle  it,  of 
itself,  to  peculiar  deference.  I  esteem  it  so  far  as  it  represents  the  readings  best 
supported  by  documentary  evidence,  and  no  further:  if  in  my  judgment  the 
Elzevir  text  approaches  nearer  on  the  whole  to  the  sacred  autographs  than  that 
formed  by  Tischendorf,  it  is  only  because  I  beUeve  that  it  is  better  attested  to  by 
the  very  Avitnesses  to  whom  Tischendorf  himself  appeals  ;  the  MSS.,  the  versions, 
the  Primitive  Fathers.  I  enquire  not  whether  this  general  purity  (for  it  is  but 
general)  arises  from  chance,  or  editorial  skill,  or  (as  some  have  piously  thought) 
from  Providential  arrangement :  I  am  content  to  deal  with  it  as  a  fact.  Perhaps 
Dean  Alford's  plan  is  preferable  (iV.  T.  Proleg.  p.  C9,  Vol.  I.  1st  edition),  who,  in 
difficult  cases,  where  testimony  seems  evenly  balanced,  would  give  "  the  benefit 
of  the  doubt"  to  the  Textus  Receptus ;  but  the  practical  difference  between  the 
two  principles  will  be  found,  I  imagine,  very  slight  indeed. 

And  now  recurs  the  question  what  we  shall  understand  by  "antiqui  testes"  in 
the  case  of  Greek  Manuscripts  ?  In  the  first  rank  Tischendorf  justly  places  those 
dating  from  the  fourth  to  the  ninth  century ;  and  among  them,  to  the  oldest  he 
attributes  the  highest  authority.  "Haec  auctoritas  ut  magnopere  augetur  si 
interpretationum  ac  patrum  accedunt  testimonia,  ita  non  superatur  dissensione 
plurimorum  vel  etiam  omnium  codicum  recentiorum,  i.e.  eorum  qui  a  decimo 
sajculo  usque  ad  decimum  sextum  exarati  sunt"  (p.  xii).  If  this  canon  is  to 
extend  only  to  cases  wherein  the  most  ancient  witnesses  in  competent  numbers 
unanimously  support  a  variation  from  the  common  text,  I  do  not  conceive  that 
any  judicious  critic  would  object  to  its  temperate  application :  though  he  may 
reasonably  suspect  that  where  the  earliest  available  evidence  is  thus  overwhelming, 
a  portion  of  the  later  manuscripts  will  always  be  found  to  accord  with  it.  What 
we  do  resist  is  a  scheme,  which,  however  guardedly  proposed,  shall  exclude  the 
cursive  MSS.  from  all  real  influence  in  determining  the  sacred  text.  This  is 
Dr  Tregelles'  avowed  principle :  that  it  is  not  Tischendorf's  (however  much  he 
may  have  once  seemed  to  countenance  it  by  his  practice)  plainly  appears  from 
his  own  distinct  assertions  :  "  codices  post  octavum  vel  nonum  soeculum  scriptos 


by  a  very  few  cursive  MSS.,  sometimes  by  none  at 
all !  Surely  it  is  because  he  has  seen  the  insufficiency 
of  such  evidence,  that  he  has  judiciously  retraced 


his  steps,  rather  than  from  "an  increasing  ten- 
dency to  set  private  canons  above  the  authority  of 
manuscripts,  versions,  and  Fathers." 


PRINCIPLES    OF    COMPARATIVE    CRITICISM.  7 

ncgHgendos  aiit  parvi  acstiniandos  non   esse recentiorum   codicum   lectiones 

quas  easdem  antiquissimi  interpretes  ac  patres  tcstimonio  suo  confirment,  antiqui- 
tatis  commendatione  minime  destitufas  esse"  (Proteg.  p.  xiii).  On  this  grdund  he 
praises  the  design  of  Reich,  "  prsestantissimis  codicibus  minusculis  denuo  exami- 
nandis,"  declaring  of  it  "  ea  perquam  utilia  fore  arbitror  et  ad  historiam  et  ad 

EMENDATIOXEM    TEXTUS  (p.  XXXIII.  not.). 

III.  I  am  unfeignedly  anxious  to  present  to  the  reader  a  clear  and  even 
forcible  statement  of  the  principles  of  textual  criticism  maintained  in  Dr 
Tregelles'  "  Account  of  the  Printed  Text  of  the  Greek  Testament :"  I  assure  him 
I  do  not  criticise  his  book  unread^,  or  reject  his  theory  without  patient  examina- 
tion. I  presume  he  would  wish  it  to  be  enunciated  in  such  terms  as  the 
following :  I 

The  genuine  text  of  the  Greek  New  Testament  must  be  sought  exclusively 
from  the  most  ancient  authorities,  especially  from  the  earliest  uncial  copies  of  the 
Greek.  The  paramount  weight  and  importance  of  the  last  arises  not  from  the 
accidental  circumstance  of  their  age,  but  from  their  agreement  with  the  other 
independent  and  most  ancient  authorities  still  extant,  viz.  the  oldest  versions  and 
citations  by  the  fathers  of  the  first  four  centuries. 

To  which  proposition  must^e  appended  this  corollary  as  a  direct  and  neces- 
sary consequence : 

"The  mass  of  recent  documents  [i.e.  those  written  in  cursive  characters  from 
the  tenth  century  downwards]  possess  no  determining  voice,  in  a  question  as  to 
what  we  should  receive  as  genuine  readings.  We  are  able  to  take  the  few  docu- 
ments whose  evidence  is  proved  to  be  trustworthy,  and  safely  discard  from 
present  consideration  the  eighty-nine  ninetieths,  or  whatever  else  the  numerical 
proportion  may  be"  (Tregelles,  p.  1.38). 

In  the  ordinary'  concerns  of  social  life,  one  would  form  no  favourable  estimate 
of  the  impartiality  of  a  judge  (and  such  surely  is  the  real  position  of  a  critical 
editor)  who  deemed  it  safe  to  discard  unheard  eighty-nine  witnesses  out  of  ninety 
that  are  tendered  to  him,  unless  indeed  it  were  perfectly  certain  that  the  eighty- 
nine  had  no  means  of  information,  except  what  they  derived  from  the  ninetieth : 
on  that  supposition,  but  on  that  supposition  alone,  could  the  judge's  reputation 
for  wisdom  or  fairness  be  upheld.  That  mere  numbers  should  decide  a  question 
of  sacred  criticism  never  ought  to  have  been  asserted  by  any  one ;  never  has  been 
asserted  by  a  respectable  scholar.  Tischendorf  himself  (Proleg.  p.  xii.)  cannot 
condemn  such  a  dogma  more  emphatically  than  the  upholders  of  the  general 
integrity  of  the  Elzevir  text.    But  I  must  say  that  the  counter-proposition,  that 


1  "Let  me  request  any  one  who  may  -wish  to  I  &c"  (Tregelles,  Addenda,  p.  2).  A  moderate  re- 
iinderstand  the  principles  of  textual  criticism  which  quest  certainly,  but  I  should  hope  it  was  hardly 
I  believe  to  be  true,  to  recul  what  I  have  stated,    I    needed. 


8  PRINCIPLES    OF   COMPARATIVE    CRITICISM. 

numbers  have  "  no  determining  voice,"  is  to  my  mind  full  as  unreasonable,  and 
rather  more  startling.  I  agree  with  Dr  Davidson  (p.  333)  in  holding  it  to  be  "an 
obvious  and  natural  rule"  that  the  reading  of  the  majority  is  so  far  preferable. 
Not  that  a  bare  majority  shall  always  prevail,  but  that  numerical  preponderance, 
especially  where  it  is  marked  and  constant,  is  an  important  element  in  tlio 
investigation  of  the  genuine  readings  of  Holy  Scripture.  For  on  what  grounds 
shall  we  justify  ourselves  in  putting  this  consideration  wholly  aside?  Is  the  judge 
convinced  to  a  moral  certainty  that  the  evidence  of  the  eighty-nine  is  drawn 
exclusively  from  that  of  the  ninetieth  ?  It  has  never  I  think  been  affirmed  by  any 
one  (Dr  Tregelles  would  not  be  sorry  to  affirm  it,  if  he  could  with  truth)  that 
the  mass  of  cursive  documents  are  corrupt  copies  of  the  uncials  still  extant:  the 
fact  has  scarcely  been  suspected  in  a  single  instance,  and  certainly  never  proved. 
I  will  again  avail  myself  of  Davidson's  words,  not  only  because  they  admirably 
express  my  meaning,  but  because  his  general  bias  is  not  quite  in  favour  of  the 
views  I  am  advocating.  "  Cceteris  paribus,"  he  observes,  "the  reading  of  an  ancient 
copy  is  more  likely  to  be  authentic  than  that  of  a  modern  one.  But  the  reading 
of  a  more  modern  copy  may  be  more  ancient  than  the  reading  of  an  ancient  one. 
A  modern  copy  itself  may  have  been  derived  not  from  an  extant  one  more 
ancient,  but  from  one  still  more  ancient  no  longer  in  existence.  And  this  was 
probably  the  case  in  not  a  feiv  instances'"  (p.  101).  No  one  can  carefully  examine 
the  readings  of  cursive  documents,  as  represented  in  any  tolerable  collation,  with- 
out perceiving  the  high  probability  that  Davidson's  account  of  them  is  true.  But 
it  is  not  essential  to  our  argument  that  the  fact  of  their  being  derived  from 
ancient  sources  now  lost  should  be  established,  though  internal  evidence  points 
strongly  to  their  being  so  derived :  it  is  enough  that  such  an  origin  is  possible,  to 
make  it  at  once  unreasonable  and  unjust  to  shut  them  out  from  a  "determining 
voice"  (of  course  jointly  with  others)  on  questions  of  doubtful  reading.  I  confess 
that  Tregelles  is  only  following  up  his  premises  to  their  legitimate  conclusion  in 
manfully  declaring  his  purpose  in  this  respect;  but  we  are  bound  to  scutinize 
with  the  utmost  jealousy  and  distrust  a  principle  which  involves  consequences  so 
extensive,  and  he  must  forgive  me  if  I  add,  so  "  perilous." 

It  is  agreed  then  on  all  hands  that  the  antiquity  of  a  document  is  only  a  pre- 
sumption, a  prima  facie  ground  for  expectation,  that  it  will  prove  of  great  critical 
importance.  "The  oldest  MSS."  writes  Dr  Davidson  again,  "bear  traces  of 
revision  by  arbitrary  and  injudicious  critics.  Good  readings  make  good  aianu- 
SCRIPTS"  (p.  101).  "  It  ought  to  be  needless  for  me  to  have  to  repeat  again  and 
again,"  insists  Dr  Tregelles,  whose  reviewers  I  suppose  were  Sva^iadta-repoi,  "  that 
the  testimony  of  very  ancient  MSS.  is  proved  to  be  good  on  grounds  of  evidence 
(not  mere  assertion);  and  that  the  distinction  is  not  between  the  ancient  MSS. 
on  the  one  hand,  and  all  other  witnesses  on  the  other, — but  between  the  united 
evidence  of  the  most  ancient  documents — MSS.,  versions,  and  early  citations — 


PRINCIPLES   OF    COMPARATIVE    CRITICISM.  9 

together  witli  that  of  the  few  more  recent  copies  that  accord  with  them,  on  the 
one  hand,  and  the  mass  of  modern  MSS.  on  the  other"  (Tregellcs,  Addenda,  p.  2). 
Very  well :  this  immeasurable  superiority  claimed  for  the  early  uncials  over  all 
later  authorities  (so  that  the  former  shall  be  every  thing  in  criticism,  the  latter 
absolutely  nothing)  rests  not  on  an  axiom  intuitively  true ;  it  has  to  be  j)roved 
by  an  induction  of  scattered  facts ;  and  we  are  bound  to  watch  the  process  of 
proof  with  the  greater  care,  from  our  previous  knowledge  that  when  once  esta- 
blished it  will  inevitably  lead  us  to  conclusions  which  seem  hardly  consistent 
■with  even  dealing  towards  a  whole  legion  of  honest  and  reputable  witnesses. 

Now  Dr  Tregelles  produces  no  less  than  seventv-two  passages  from  various 
parts  of  the  New  Testament  (pp.  133 — 147),  as  a  kind  of  sample  of  some  two 
or  three  thousand  which  he  reckons  to  exist  there,  wherein  "  the  more  valuable 
ancient  versions  (or  some  of  them)  agree  in  a  particular  reading,  or  in  which 
such  a  reading  has  distinct  patristic  testimony,  and  the  mass  of  MSS.  stand  in 
opposition  to  such  a  lection,  [while]  there  are  certain  copies  wliich  hahituallij 
uphold  the  older  reading"  (Tregelles,  p.  148).  Of  course  I  cannot  follow  him 
step  by  step  through  this  long  and  laboured  catalogue;  an  adequate  specimen 
taken  icithout  unfair  selection  will  amply  suffice  to  shew  my  opponent's  drift  and 
purpose.  I  will  therefore  transcribe  all  the  j)laces  he  cites  from  the  Gospel 
of  St  Mark  (they  amount  to  seven),  making  choice  of  that  Gospel  partly  for  its 
shortness,  partly  because  I  wish,  in  justice  to  Dr  Tregelles,  to  discuss  in  pre- 
ference those  texts  which  remain  unmutilated  in  the  four  uncial  codices  of  the 
first  class  (see  above,  vide  supra,  p.  vi.);  in  the  following  list  they  all  are  complete, 
except  C  in  Mark  xiii.  14  alone.  As  Tregelles  "for  the  sake  of  brevity"  has 
laid  before  us  these  passages  "  without  any  attempt  to  state  the  balance  of 
evidence"  (p.  148),  I  have  ventured  to  supply  within  brackets  an  omission  which 
I  cannot  help  considering  a  little  unfortunate. 

(I).  "  Mar.  iii.  29.  Common  text,  aloaviov  Kpiaems.  Vulg.  has,  however,  ^  reus  erit 
wterni  delicti;'  so  too  the  Old  Latin  [a,  6.  c.  e.ff^.  g^.  I.  Tregelles  N.  T.,  1857], 
the  Memph.,  Goth.,  Arm. ;  and  this  is  the  reading  of  Cyprian  [bis,  Treg.  N.  T.], 
Augustine,  and  Athanasius.  Corresponding  with  this  BLA,  33  (and  one  other 
MS.  [28;  add  2P^j),  read  alcoviov  ay^aprrifxaTos,  and  C*  (ut  videtur),  D,  G9  (and  two 
others  [13.  346]),  have  alcovlov  dfiaprias,  a  perfectly  cognate  reading."  (p.  141). 

[But  Kplaecos  is  found  in  AC**  (whose  primitive  reading  seems  quite  doubtful) 
EFGHKMSUVr^   being  all  the  other  uncials  that  contain  the  jiassage.     Of  the 


^  Of  the  uncials  cited  for  these  texts  B  (Tre- 
gelles' favourite)  is  least  accurately  known.  ACD 
LA  have  been  edited  in  full ;  EFGHKMSUXr 
have  been  so  repeatedly  collated  (recently  by 
Tischendorf  or  Tregelles  or  both)  that  when  they 
are  not  cited  as  supporting  variations  so  marked 


as  those  under  discussion,  their  testimony  even 
sub  silcntio  in  behalf  of  the  received  text  may 
be  fully  relied  on.  In  these  seven  texts,  how- 
ever, they  are  expressly  cited  by  Tischendoi-fs 
seventh  edition  for  the  readings  here  ascribed  to 
them. 


10  PRINCIPLES    OF    COMPARATIVE   CRITICISM. 

cursive  copies  nil  go  with  the  received  text,  except  the  six  named  above,  and  three 
which  have  Ko\a(7ecos.  The  Pcshito  Syriac  reads  U~»?  jndicii:  thus  also  the  Har- 
clean  Syriac  of  the  7th  century,  the  ilithiopic  ("  in  condemnatione"),  the  Codex 
Brixianus  /.  of  the  Italic  (or  Old  Latin),  the  Codex  Toletanus  of  the  Vulgate, 
and  any  Fathers  not  named  by  Tregellcs,  many  of  whom  must  have  cited  this 
remarkable  passage.] 

(2).  "Mar.  iv.  12.  to  dixapTiJuara  of  the  common  text  is  omitted  by  Origen 
twice;  by  one  MS.  of  the  Old  Latin  [two  b.  i.  in  Trog.  N.  T.],  the  Memph.,  and 
Arm.,  with  BCL,  1  (and  some  other  MSS.)"  [i.e.  "22.  118.  209.  251.  340^-  al" 
Scholz :    ra   irapanTaaara   Theophyl.   and   eight  MSS.], 

\ra  nfxnpWjfiiiTn  is  read  in  ADEFGHKMSUVA  (Jdaf.  T),  all  cursives  not  named 
above,  Syrr.  both  Pcsh.  and  Hare,  iEthiopic,  Gothic,  Vulg.,  all  Italic  MSS.  except 
two]. 

(3).  "Mar,  iv.  24.  roTj  aKovova-iv  omitted  by  the  Old  Latin,  Vulg.,  Memph., 
Mth.,  with  BCDLA,  and  some  other  copies."  [credentibus/.  Goth.,  Treg.  N.  T.]. 

[Tischendorf,  even  in  his  seventh  edition,  adds  G  (Harl.  5684),  but  on  refer- 
ence to  the  MS.,  I  find  he  is  wrong.  Griesbach  adds  "item  13.  69  semel,"  yet  69 
in  this  verse  reads  toIs  dicovovcriv,  as  do  AEFGHKMSUV  {Jiiat.  F),  all  other  cursive 
MSS.,  both  Syrr.]. 

(4).  "Mar.  x.  21.  apn^  rhv  a-ravpov  Omitted  by  the  Old  Latin  in  most  copies 
[b.c.f.ff.g''  1:1  Treg.  N.  T.],  Vulg.,  Memph.  [by  Schwartze],  (so  too  Clem. 
Alex,  and  Hi).),  with  BCDA."  [L  is  here  defective,  and  so  for  the  first  time 
deserts  its  allies  :  add  to  the  list  Scholz's  406]. 

[(ipas  Tov  tjTavphv  is  read  in  AEFHKMSUVXF,  the  whole  mass  of  cursive  copies, 
the  Harclean  Syriac,  Wilkins'  Memphitic  and  the  Gothic.  The  words  are  placed 
before  beiipo  in  G  1.  13.  69.  118.  124  and  four  other  cursives;  in  Peshito  Syr., 
^Eth.,  Arm.,  the  Vercelli  MS.  a.  of  the  Old  Latin,  and  Irenaeus]. 

(5).  "Mar.  xii.  4.  Xieol^oX^a-avres  omitted  by  Old  Latin,  Vulg.,  Memph  ,  [Theb., 
Treg.  N.  T.].  Arm.,  with  BDLA,  1,  33  and  four  other  copies."  [i.e.  28.  91.  118,  299.] 

[But  Xido^.Aja-avTfs  is  found  in  ACEFGHKMSUVXF,  all  other  cursive  copies, 
both  Syrr.,  Goth,,  M(h.]. 

(3).  "Mar.  xii.  23.  orav  avaa-Taa-iv  om.  some  copies  of  Old  Latin  [h  (ut  vid  ). 
((•).  (A).  Treg.  N.  T.],  Memph.,  Syr.,  [i.  e.  Peshito;  Treg.  N.  T.  adds  Theb.  yEth.] 
with  BCDLA,  33.' 

[orav  dvacTTwcTiv  is  read  in  AEFGHKMSUVXF,  all  cursives  but  one  (13.  69.  346 
alio  ordine),  Vulg.,  a.ff.g"^.  i.  of  Old  Latin,  Harclean  Syr.,  Goth.,  Arm.]. 

(7).  "  Mar.  xiii.  14.  to  prjdeu  viro  AavtrjX  rov  TTpocpjrov  om.  most  copies  of  Old  Latin 
[a.  Jf.  fj\  only  in  Treg.  N.  T.,  where  he  adds  Theb.],  Vulg.,  Memph  ,  Arm  ,  also  Au- 
gustine expressly,  with  BDL."    [Scholz  adds  "  nee  attingunt  Victor  et  Theophylact."] 

[The  words  are  read  in  AEFGHKMSUVXFA,  all  cursives  (with  some  varia- 
tion in  my  y  and  eight   others),  both  Syrr.,  IPAh.,  c.  Jc.  of  Old  Latin]. 


PRINCIPLES    OF    COMPARATIVE    CRITICISM. 


11 


I  do  not  think  the  render  will  desire  more  than  these  specimens,  transcribed 
as  they  ure  consecutively  from  Dr  Tregelles'  list  loithout  the  iJOSsibiUtij  of  undue 
selection:  I  fully  believe  him  that  tliey  may  be  increased  twenty-fold.  It  is  time  to 
offer  a  few  renjarks  on  the  facts  that  have  been  alleged  by  each  of  us.  Meanwhile 
I  must  beg  that  the  design  of  my  learned  opponent  in  producing  his  examples 
be  carefully  borne  in  mind.  He  does  not  so  much  aim  at  shewing  that  the  read- 
ings of  Codex  B  and  its  adherents  are  prefer;ible  to  those  of  the  received  text 
(though  this  lie  imjilies  throughout),  as  at  demonstrating  that  the  united  testi- 
monies of  early  uncials,  primitive  versions,  and  ecclesiastical  authors  of  the 
first  four  centuries  form  together  such  a  mass  of  evidence  as  will  overbear  the 
voice  of  the  vast  majority  of  witnesses  of  all  ages  and  countries.  We  may  grant 
that  his  favourite  documents  are  entitled  to  great  weight  in  the  process  of  critical 
investigation,  and  this  I  admit  fully  and  without  reserve :  we  might  even  prefer 
many  of  their  readings  to  those  of  the  received  text,  which  on  the  whole 
I  am  not  quite  disposed  to  do  :  and  yet  we  must  demur  as  firmly  as  ever  to 
the  claim  of  paramount  and  exclusive  authority  he  sets  up  for  them.  With 
these  preliminary  observations  I  pass  on  to  an  analysis  of  the  state  of  evidence 
in  the  passages  Dr  Tregelles  has  brought  to  our  notice. 

(1).  First  then  it  is  obvious  that  the  uncial  documents,  even  the  earliest  of 
them,  are  much  divided  in  every  place  he  has  cited.  I  hardly  know  why  the 
Alexandrine  MS.  (A)  has  come  to  be  considered  a  little  younger  than  the  Codex 
Vaticanus  (B);  we  have  free  access  to  and  minute  knowledge  of  the  one;  through 
the  jealousy  of  the  Papal  librarians  our  acquaintance  with  the  other  is  still  very 
imperfect^;  much  doubt  hangs  over  many  of  its  readings;  it  seems  barely  certain 


1  Since  writing  the  above  I  have  examined 
Cardinal  Mai's  long-expected  edition  of  the  Va- 
ticanus (5  Tom.  Romse  1857)  t^®  text  of  which 
was  ten  years  passing  through  the  press  (1828 — 38), 
and  was  then  kept  back  from  publication  till 
within  the  last  few  months.  I  regret  that  I  can- 
not even  now  modify  my  statement  of  the  pre- 
cariousness  of  our  knowledge  of  this  great  docu- 
ment :  I  must  needs  add  my  voice  to  the  loud 
chorus  of  disappointment  this  work  has  called 
forth  throughout  Europe.  It  is  impossible  to 
study  Vercellone's  letter  to  the  reader,  prefixed 
to  the  first  volume,  without  seeing  the  strange 
incompetency  both  of  Mai  and  of  himself,  for  the 
task  they  had  undertaken  :  in  fact,  Vercellone's 
frank  admission  of  the  great  Cardinal's  inaccuracy 
would  be  amusing  if  it  were  not  most  vexatious. 
Finding  his  sheets  full  of  errors  and  misrepresen- 
tations of  the  Codex  Vaticanus  (some  of  them 
inserted  from  printed  books  !),  Mai  tries  to  get 
rid  of  them  as  well  as  ho  can,  sometimes  by  can- 


celling a  few  leaves,  sometimes  by  manual  cor- 
rections made  in  each  copy ;  while  he  reserves 
the  mass  for  a  table  of  errata,  to  be  placed  at  the 
end  of  each  volume.  In  this  unpromising  state 
was  the  work  found  by  Vercellone  after  Mai's 
death  in  1S54,  when,  anxious  to  decorate  the  Car- 
dinal's memory  "novd  usque  gloria  atque  splen- 
didiore  corona"  (Tom.  I.  p.  in),  he  drew  up  the 
tables  of  errata  projected  by  his  predecessor,  and 
at  length  submitted  this  deplorable  performance 
to  the  judgment  of  Biblical  scholars.  His  lists 
of  errata  are  obviously  most  imperfect ;  as  regards 
oithography  he  only  professes  to  give  us  "selec- 
tiora,"  for  Mai,  it  seems,  did  not  care  much 
about  such  points ;  at  any  rate  it  was  not  worth 
while  to  delay  publication  on  their  account :  and  so 
"reliqua  quae  supererunt  eruditis  castiganda  permit- 
timus  ;  immo  ut  summa  aKpi^eiq,  castigentur  opta- 
mus"  (ib.  p.  xiii).  Add  to  all  this  that  the  lacunae 
throughout  the  MS.  are  supplied  from  later  sources ; 
that  even  accidental  omissions  and  errors  of  the 
C2 


12 


PRINCIPLES    OF    COMPARATIVK    CRITICISM. 


whether  its  accents  and  breathings  are  prima  or  secundd  manuK  We  will  adopt 
however  the  usual  opinion  about  them:  no  competent  critic  places  A  later  than 
the  fifth,  or  B  earlier  than  the  fourth  century^  Noiv  in  each  of  these  seven  places 
A  sides  with  the  Eherir  text  against  B.  Is  it  an  argument  in  favour  of  B  that  its 
readings  are  ancient  ?  The  same  plea  might  be  entered  for  those  of  A.  And 
their  divergencies,  it  will  be  noted,  are  not  merely  accidental  exceptions  to  a 
general  coincidence,  but  perpetual,  almost  systematic.  While  I  confess  freely 
the  great  importance  of  B,  I  see  not  why  its  testimony  ought,  in  the  nature  of 
things,  to  be  received  in  preference  to  that  of  A.  I  cannot  frame  a  reason  why 
the  one  should  be  listened  to  more  deferentially  than  the  other. 

(2).  In  the  next  rank,  yet  decidedly  below  A  or  B,  stand  the  palimpsest  frag- 
ment C  (Codex  Ephrsemi)  and  the  Codex  Bezae  or  D.  This  latter  is  generally 
considered  much  the  least  weighty  of  the  four  great  MSS.  of  the  Gospels  (see  for 
instance  Alford,  N.T.  Proleg.  on  D.)  :  and  that  not  so  much  on  account  of  its 
later  date  (perhaps  about  the  middle  of  the  sixth  century),  as  from  the  violent 
corrections  and  strange  interpolations  wherewith  it  abounds.  "  Its  singularly 
corrupt  text,"  observes  Davidson,  "  in  connexion  with  its  great  antiquity,  is  a 
curious  problem,  which  cannot  easily  be  solved"  (p.  288)^  Now  in  the  seven 
passages  under  consideration  C  accords  with  B  in  four  cases,  with  A  once ;  once 
its  reading  is  doubtful,  once  its  text  has  perished.  Codex  D  agrees  with  B  five 
times,  much  resembles  it  once,  and  once  sides  with  A,  Thus  these  documents 
of  the  second  class  favour  B  rather  than  A,  C  however  less  decidedly  than  D, 


pen  are  corrected  in  the  text,  though  noted  in 
the  margin  ;  that  the  breathings,  accents,  and 
t  subscriptum  are  accommodated  to  the  modern 
fashion  ;  and  that  a  slight  Preface  of  a  few  pages 
by  Mai  supplies  the  place  of  the  full  Prolegomena 
once  promised  and  so  urgently  required. 

1  On  this  point  however  Vercellone's  testimony 
should  be  heard.  After  correcting  Birch's  state- 
ment that  the  breathings  and  accents  are  primd 
manu,  he  adds,  "etenim  amanuensis  ille,  qui 
cunctas  totius  codicis  litteras,  vetustate  palles- 
centes,  atramento  satis  venuste,  servat^  vetere 
forraS,,  renovavit,  idem  accentus  etiam  spiritusque 
imposuit,  qui  nulli  fuerant  a  primfi  manu  ;  ut  illse 
codicis  particulse  ostendunt,  quas  certis  de  causis 
(id  est  vel  quia  repetitas  in  codice  vel  ab  eo  impro- 
Latas)  non  attigit.  Eei  hujus  veritatem  codicis 
spectatores  ipsi  per  se  deprehendent."  (Cod.  Vati- 
can. Tom.  V.  p.  499.)  I  presume  it  is  for  this 
reason  that  while  the  facsimile  of  one  column,  Mark 
i.  r — 9,  prefixed  to  Tom.  v.  of  Mai's  edition  con- 
tains no  breathings  or  accents,  they  are  represented 
in  the  splendid  plate  of  the  three  columns  of  the 


first  surviving  page  (commencing  Gen.  xlvi.  iS 
TToXiv)  prefixed  to  Tom.  I. 

2  I  find  no  traces  in  Mai's  Codex  Vaticanus  of 
the  absurd  opinion  once  imputed  to  him,  that  this 
MS.  dates  as  far  back  as  the  second  century ;  Ver- 
cellone  acquiesces  in  the  date  usually  assigned  to 
it,  that  of  the  fourth  or  early  in  the  fifth  century, 
but  refers  to  Hug  for  the  proof. 

^  Dr  Tregelles,  indeed,  in  partial  reference  to 
Codex  D,  is  good  enough  to  say,  "  Some  people 
rest  much  on  some  one  incorrect  reading  of  a  MS., 
and  then  express  a  great  deal  of  wonder  that  such  a 
MS.  could  be  highly  valued  by  critics.  The  expo- 
sure of  such  excessive  ignorance  as  this  might  be 
well  dealt  with  by  one  who  knows  Greek  MSS. 
as  well  as  Mr  Scrivener"  (p.  137  note).  Thus  appealed 
to  I  will  reply,  that,  putting  aside  the  case  of  mere 
errors  of  the  scribe,  I  do  think  that  the  admitted 
corruptions  and  deliberate  interpolations  which  we 
all  recognize  in  the  Codex  Bezse,  have  a  natural 
tendency  to  detract  from  the  credibility  of  its  testi- 
mony in  more  doubtful  cases. 


PRINCIPLES   OF   COMPARATIVE    CRITICISM. 


13 


(3).  When  we  descend  to  uncials  of  the  third  rank,  from  the  eighth  century 
downwards,  the  case  is  entirely  reversed.  One  of  them  indeed  (L  of  the  eighth  or 
ninth  century)  edited  by  Tischendorf  (Monumenia  sacr.  ined.  pp.  57 — 399)  is  here 
and  elsewhere  constantly  with  B:  A  also  (Codex  Sangallensis  of  the  ninth  century, 
which  will  be  spoken  of  in  Chapter  ii.)  supports  B  five  times,  A  only  twice^ ; 
while  all  the  rest  extant  (EFGHKMSU  and  X  where  it  is  unmutilated)  unani- 
mously support  A.  Some  of  these  are  as  ancient  as  L,  several  quite  as  valuable 
as  A. 

(4).  On  coming  down  from  uncial  to  cursive  MSS.  the  preponderance  is  enor- 
mous, Dr  Tregelles  does  not  object  to  the  rough  estimate  of  ninety  to  one;  and 
those  few  copies  which  often  maintain  the  readings  of  BL  are  by  no  means  stedfast 
in  their  allegiance.  Yet  even  here  the  resemblance  to  A  or  B  or  to  each  other 
is  but  general.  The  materials  accumulated  in  the  present  volume  and  elsewhere 
shew  isolated  readings  of  the  most  recent  codices,  even  of  those  which  approach 
nearest  to  the  Elzevir  edition,  for  which  no  ancient  authority  can  be  produced 
except  the  Codex  Vaticanus.  No  one  who  has  at  all  studied  the  cursive  MSS. 
can  fail  to  be  struck  with  the  individual  character  impressed  on  almost  every  one 
of  them.  It  is  rare  that  we  can  find  grounds  for  saying  of  one  manuscript  that 
it  is  a  transcript  of  some  other  now  remaining.  The  fancy  which  was  once  taken 
up,  that  there  existed  a  standard  Constantinopolitan  text,  to  which  all  copies 
written  within  the  limits  of  that  Patriarchate  were  conformed,  has  been  "swept 
away  at  once  and  for  ever"  (Tregelles,  p.  180)  by  a  closer  examination  of  the 
copies  themselves.  Surely  then  it  ill  becomes  us  absolutely  to  reject  as  unworthy 
of  serious  discussion,  the  evidence  of  witnesses  (whose  mutual  variations  vouch 
for  their  independence  and  integrity)  because  their  tendency  on  the  whole  is  to 
uphold  the  authority  of  one  out  of  the  two  most  ancient  documents  against  the 
other. 

(5).  One  of  the  arguments  on  which  Dr  Tregelles  lays  most  stress  is  the 
accordance  of  the  oldest  versions  with  Codex  B  rather  than  with  A.  So  far  as 
the  Latin  versions  are  concerned  the  passages  he  has  alleged  must  be  admitted 
to  prove  the  correctness  of  his  assertion.  The  Vulgate  agrees  Avith  A  but  twice, 
with  B  five  times.  The  Old  Latin  translations  (for  the  term  Italic  it  seems  is 
obsolete),  though  in  six  instances  some  of  them  countenance  A,  give  a  clear 
majority  for  B.  I  do  not  like  to  speak  of  the  Coptic  or  Armenian  translations, 
as  I  am  totally  ignorant  of  the  languages  wherein  they  are  written  :  Tregelles,  I 
perceive,  labours  under  the  same  disadvantage  (p.  17 1),  and  will  be  as  reluctant 


^  Observe,  however,  that  "The  text  of  St  Mark's 
Gospel  is  that  which  especially  gives  this  MS.  a 
claim  to  be  distinguished  from  the  mass  of  the  later 
uncial  copies."  (Introductory  Notice  to  Tregelles' 
N.   T.,    1857,   p.   iv.);    which    intimates    that  our 


selection  of  the  passages  in  St  Mark's  Gospel  is 
peculiarly  favourable  to  Dr  Tregelles,  so  far  as  A 
is  concerned.  Elsewhere  its  readings  are  much 
nearer  the  teodus  receptus. 


14  PRINCIPLES    OF    COMPARATIVE    CRITICISM. 

as  I  am  to  dogmatise  about  matters  on  wliich  we  are  both  disqualified  from  pro- 
nouncing a  trustworthy  opinion.  Certainly  these  versions  incline  powerfully  to 
the  Latin,  if  we  may  rely  on  the  common  representation  of  them,  and  one  of  the 
editors  of  the  Armenian  (Zohrah)  denies  the  correctness  of  the  suspicion  revived 
by  Tischendorf,  *'  yEtate  multo  seriori  [than  its  origin  in  the  fourth  or  fifth  cen- 
tury] armcnos  codices  passim  ad  latinam  versionem  correctos  esse,  virorum 
doctorum  opinio  fert"  (^Proleg.  p.  LXXViii). 

It  is  time  to  turn  to  the  Queen  of  the  primitive  versions,  the  graceful  and 
perspicuous  Peshito  Syriac.  Here,  at  any  rate,  there  is  no  ambiguity  as  to  the 
preference  bestowed  on  Codex  A:  it  is  supported  by  the  Syriac  in  six  cases  out 
of  the  seven.  Nor  is  this  the  result  of  mere  accident  in  the  Gospel  of  St  Mark : 
no  one  who  has  studied  its  i-eadings  will  question  that  a  like  proportion  is  steadily 
maintained  throughout  the  New  Testament.  Here  then  is  a  venerable  transla- 
tion, assigned  by  eminent  scholars  to  the  first  century  of  our  ajra,  undoubtedly 
not  later  than  the  second,  which  habitually  upholds  the  readings  of  one  of  the  two 
oldest  uncial  copies,  of  the  later  uncials,  and  of  the  vast  majority  in  cursive 
characters.  Our  conclusion  shall  now  be  drawn,  mutatis  mutandis,  in  the  words 
of  Tregelles,  when  lie  sums  up  the  results  of  his  induction  of  the  seventy-two 
passages  I  have  so  often  alluded  to.  "  Here  then  is  a  sample  of  very  many 
passages,  in  which,  by  the  testimony  of  the  most  ancient  "version,  that  such  a 
reading  was  current  in  very  early  times,  the  fact  is  proved  indubitably;  so  that 
even  if  no  existing  MS.  supported  such  readings,  they  would  possess  a  strong 
claim  on  our  attention  :  and  such  facts  might  have  made  us  doubt,  whether  the 
old  translators  were  not  in  possession  of  better  copies  than  those  that  have  been 
transmitted  to  us.  Such  facts  so  proved  might  lead  to  the  inquiry,  whether 
there  are  not  some  MSS.  which  accord  with  these  ancient  readings;  and  when 
examination  shews  that  such  copies  actually  exist  (nay  that  they  are  the  many 
in  contrast  to  the  few),  it  may  be  regarded  as  a  demonstrated  point  that  such 
MSS.  deserve  peculiar  attention"  (Tregelles,  p.  147)  ....  But  here  I  pause ;  it  is 
enough  that  I  claim  for  Codex  A  and  its  numerous  companions  "peculiar  atten- 
tion" by  reason  of  their  striking  conformity  with  the  Peshito  Syriac.  I  ask  not,  I 
have  no  right  to  ask,  that  Codex  B  and  its  scanty  roll  of  allies,  strengthened  as 
they  are  by  the  Latin,  perhaps  by  other  versions,  should  be  overlooked  in 
forming  an  estimate  of  the  merits  of  conflicting  readings.  I  am  content  to  lay 
myself  open  to  the  poet's  humorous  reproof, 

VTjTTioi,  oiibe  la-aacu  oa(o  vrXfov  ijfiKTV  Trairof. 

How  is  this  divergency  of  the  Peshito  version  from  the  text  of  Codex  B 
explained  by  Tregelles  ?  He  feels  of  coarse  the  pressure  of  the  argument  against 
him,  and  meets  it,  if  not  successfully,  with  even  more  than  his  wonted  boldness. 
The  translation  degenerates  in  his  hands  into  "the  version  commonly  printed  as 
the  Peshito"  (p.  170).     Now  let  us  mark  the  precise  nature  of  the  demand  here 


PRINCIPLES    OF    COMPARATIVE   CRITICISM. 


15 


made  on  our  faith  by  Dr  Tregclles.  He  would  persuade  us  that  the  whole 
Eastern  Church,  distracted  as  it  has  been  and  split  into  hostile  sections  for  the 
space  of  1400  years,  Orthodox  and  Jacobite,  Nestorian  and  Maronite  alike,  those 
that  could  agree  about  nothing  else,  have  laid  aside  their  bitter  jealousies  in  order 
to  substitute  in  their  monastic  libraries  and  liturgical  services  another  and  a 
spurious  version  in  the  room  of  the  Peshito,  that  sole  surviving  monument  of  the 
first  ages  of  the  Gospel  in  Syria!  Nay  more,  that  this  wretched  forgery  has 
deceived  Orientalists  profound  as  Michaelis  and  Lowth,  has  passed  without 
suspicion  through  the  ordeal  of  searching  criticism,  to  which  e\ery  branch  of 
sacred  literature  has  been  subjected  during  the  last  half-century  !  We  will  require 
solid  reasons  indeed  before  we  surrender  ourselves  to  an  hypothesis  as  novel  as  it 
appears  violently  improbable. 

And  what  is  the  foundation  on  which  our  opponent  rests  his  startling  con- 
jecture ?  The  reader  is  aware  that  besides  the  Peshito,  several  other  Syriac 
versions,  some  grounded  upon  it,  and  therefore  implying  its  previous  existence  and 
popularity  (e.g.  the  Philoxenian,  executed  A.D.  508,  and  Cardinal  Wiseman's 
Karkaphensian),  others  seemingly  independent  of  it  (e.g.  Adler's  Jerusalem 
Syriac,  and  a  palimpsest  fragment  lately  discovered  by  Tischendorf)  have  been 
more  or  less  applied  to  the  criticism  of  the  New  Testament.  About  the  year 
1847  Canon  Cureton,  in  his  most  fruitful  researches  among  the  MSS.  purchased 
for  the  British  Museum  from  the  Nitrian  monasteries,  met  with  extensive 
fragments  of  the  Gospels,  which  Tregelles  has  collated,  and  found  to  contain 
"altogether  ancient  readings,"  and  thus  to  be  "an  important  witness  to  the 
ancient  text"  (p.  161).  As  this  MS.,  assigned  to  the  fifth  century,  is  still 
unpublished,  we  can  only  say  at  present  that  it  affords  us  "an  hitherto  unknown 
version;"  certainly  not  "tJie  version  commonly  printed  as  the  Peshito"  with  mere 
various    readings^      To    this    version    has    been    given    the    appellation    of  the 


^  As  this  sheet  is  going  to  press  (July  i8,s8) 
Dr  Cureton's  "  Kemiiins  of  a  very  antient  recen- 
sion of  the  four  Gospels  in  Syriac,  hitherto  un- 
known in  Europe,"  has  at  length  appeared.  The 
Syriac  text  had  been  printed  in  1S48,  but  was 
doubtless  withheld  by  the  learned  editor  in  the  hope 
of  finding  leisure  to  write  Prolegomena  more  full, 
and  possibly  containing  more  definite  conclusions, 
than  those  with  which  he  has  favoured  us.  It 
would  ill  become  me  to  express  a  hasty  judgment 
respecting  theories  on  which  so  eminent  a  scholar 
has  bestowed  thought  and  time  and  much  labour. 
He  will  naturally  expect  Biblical  critics  to  hesitate 
before  they  implicitly  admit,  for  instance,  the 
persuasion  which  he  hardly  likes  to  embody  in 
words,  that  we  have  in  these  precious  Syriac  frag- 
ments, at  least  to  a  great  extent  (Preface,  p.  xciii), 


the  very  Hebrew  original  of  St  Matthew's  Gosj^el, 
so  long  supposed  to  have  been  lost,  that  even  its 
existence  has  been  questioned.  P)ut  topics  like 
this  are  sure  to  be  warmly  debated  by  abler  pens 
than  mine  :  I  will  confine  myself  to  those  points 
that  concern  my  argument,  the  relation  these  frag- 
ments bear  to  the  Peshito.  And  here  I  would  say 
in  all  humble  deference  (for  my  knowledge  of 
Syriac,  though  of  long  standing,  is  not  extensive) 
that  my  own  hurried  comparison  of  the  Curetonian 
and  Peshito  texts  would  have  led  me  to  take  them 
so  far  for  quite  separate  versions.  Even  Dr  Tre- 
gelle.s,  who,  through  the  editor's  kindness,  has  been 
enabled  to  use  the  text  for  years,  and  whose  bias 
is  very  strong,  can  only  venture  to  say  "the  dif- 
ferences are  great ;  and  yet  it  happens  not  un- 
frequently  that   such  coincidences  of  words  and 


16 


PRINCIPLES    OF    COMPARATIVE   CRITICISM. 


Curetonian  Syriac,  and  long  may  it  bear  that  honoured  name :  but  for  regarding- 
it  as  the  true  Peshito,  in  the  room  of  that  commonly  so  known,  I  perceive  at 
present  no  cause  whatever  except  the  strong  exigency  of  Dr  Tregelles'  case. 

Yet  has  not  the  Peshito  Syriac  been  suspected  by  previous  writers  of  exhibit- 
ing a  corrupt  or  modernised  text  ?  Undoubtedly  the  reconciliation  of  the  Maronites 
with  the  see  of  Rome,  and  the  channels  through  which  its  earlier  editions  were 
conveyed  to  us,  induced  certain  critics  to  hazard  a  conjecture  that  this  version^ 
like  the  Armenian,  had  been  tampered  with,  in  order  to  bring  it  into  closer  con- 
formity with  the  Latin  Vulgate.  This,  however,  is  a  change  in  precisely  the  opposite 
direction  to  that  ivhich  Tregelles  hypothesis  demands:  his  complaint  against  the 
Peshito  is  not  its  accordance  with  the  Latin,  but  its  consent  with  Codex  A  and 
the  junior  MSS.  against  it.  I  vouch  not  for  the  correctness  of  this  surmise  as 
regards  the  Armenian  ;  its  injustice  towards  the  Peshito  is  demonstrated  by  the 
evidence  of  that  old  MS.  Rich  7157  in  the  British  Museum,  of  the  eighth  century, 
a  period  long  anterior  to  that  when  a  "foedus  cum  Syris"  was  possible  on  the  part 
of  the  admirers  of  the  Vulgate.  This  precious  document  has  been  collated 
throughout  by  Tregelles;  together  with  several  others  of  high  antiquity  in  the 
Museum,  it  has  been  carefully  examined  by  Dr  Cureton,  by  Mr  Ellis,  and  two 
German  scholars  (Bloomfield,  Preface  to  N.  T.,  ninth  edition,  p.  viii,  note).  The 
reports  of  all  concur  to  the  same  effect:  these  venerable  MSS.  exhibit  a  text, 
singularly  resembling  that  of  the  printed  editions ;  which  last  were  consequently 
drawn  from  purer  and  more  ancient  sources  than,  reasoning  from  the  analogy  of 
the  Greek  text,  the  warmest  advocates  of  the  Peshito  had  been  led  to  anticipate. 

(6).  We  have  little  to  say  about  citations  from  the  Fathers.  That  the  Latin 
ecclesiastical  writers  should  accord  with  the  Latin  versions  is  nothing  strange : 
perhaps  some  of  them  could  not  read,  none  of  them  used  familiarly  the  Greek 
original.  As  witnesses  for  the  readings  of  the  Italic  or  Vulgate  they  are  of 
course  valuable :  unless  in  the  very  rare  instances  where  they  expressly  appeal  to 
the  Greek,  their  influence  upon  it  is  but  indirect  and  precarious.  As  regards  the 
Greek  Fathers  I  am  bound  to  state,  that  no  branch  of  Biblical  criticism  has  been 


renderings  are  found  (and  that  too,  at  times, 
through  a  great  part  of  a  passage)  as  to  shew  that 
they  can  hardly  be  whoUij  independent"  (Tregelles, 
Home's  Introcl.  p.  268).  To  the  same  effect  also 
Dr  Cureton  speaks:  "It  seems  to  be  scarcely 
possible  that  the  Syriac  text  published  by  Wid- 
manstad,  which,  throughout  these  pages,  I  have 
called  the  Peshito,  could  be  altogether  a  different 
version  from  this.  It  would  take  up  too  much 
space  to  institute  here  a  comparison  of  passages  to 
establish  this  fact,  which,  indeed,  any  one  may 
easily  do  for  himself"  (Preface,  p.  Ixx).     I  heartily 


I  wish  that  Dr  Cureton  had  fully  investigated  the 
subject ;  he  might  have  removed  the  diflBculties  at 
least  of  those  who  love  truth,  and  are  ready  to  em- 
brace it  wherever  they  shall  find  it.  As  it  is,  we 
can  but  say  with  Tregelles,  "  Such  a  point  as  this 
cau  only  be  properly  investigated  after  the  publi- 
cation of  this  version  shall  have  given  sufficient 
time  to  scholars  to  pursue  a  thorough  investigation" 
(Tregelles,  uhi  supra).  In  the  mean  while  neither 
he  nor  I  are  at  liberty  to  assume  the  truth  of  that 
hypothesis  which  may  happen  to  harmonise  best 
with  our  preconceived  opinions. 


PIlI^■ClPLES    OF    COMPARATIVE   CRITICISM.  17 

SO  utterly  neglected  as  the  application  of  their  citations  to  the  discussion  of  various 
readings ;  indeed  I  know  almost  nothing  that  has  been  seriously  attempted  with 
respect  to  it,  except  Griesbach's  examination  of  the  quotations  of  Origen  in  his 
Symholce  Criticce.  The  whole  question,  however,  is  so  replete  with  difficulties, 
that  Bishop  Fell  {N.  T.  Oxon.  1675)  thought  the  bare  allusion  to  them  sufficient 
to  absolve  him  from  entering  upon  it  at  all.  The  ancient  Fathers  were  better 
theologians  than  critics ;  they  often  quoted  loosely,  often  from  memory  ;  what 
they  actually  wrote  has  been  found  peculiarly  liable  to  change  on  the  part  of 
copyists :  their  testimony  therefore  can  be  implicitly  trusted,  even  as  to  the  MSS. 
which  lay  before  them,  only  in  the  comparatively  few  places  where  the  course  of 
their  argument,  or  the  current  of  their  exposition,  renders  it  manifest  what 
reading  they  support.  At  present  we  have  many  intimations  in  our  critical 
editions  that  this  or  that  ecclesiastical  author  countenances  a  variation  from 
the  Textus  Receptus,  but  few  cases,  very  few  indeed,  are  recorded  in  which  they 
agree  with  it:  the  latter  point  being  confessedly  no  less  essential  to  our  accurate 
acquaintance  with  the  state  of  the  evidence  than  the  former.  Any  enlarged 
discussion  on  this  head  of  our  argument  must  at  any  rate  be  postponed  till  we 
possess  more  reliable  information  on  the  facts  it  involves :  most  thankful  should 
I  be  to  any  student  who  has  leisure  and  disposition  to  enter  upon  this  wide  yet 
almost  unoccupied  field.  Meantime  I  am  constrained  to  admit  that  many 
examples  have  been  established  by  Griesbach  and  his  successors,  wherein 
Origen  agrees  with  Codices  BL  against  Codex  A  and  the  received  text,  one 
or  both.  I  will  not  dissemble,  I  strive  not  to  evade,  the  force  of  such  early 
testimony  where  it  is  unambiguous  and  express  :  let  such  readings  be  received 
with  "  peculiar  attention,"  let  them  never  be  rejected  without  grave  and  sufficient 
reason.  Yet  the  support  given  to  B  or  L  by  Origen  is  very  far  from  being 
uniform  or  ''habitual."  While  I  can  well  understand  the  importance  of  his 
confirmation  where  he  countenances  the  readings  they  exhibit,  I  fail  altogether 
in  apprehending  what  service  he  can  do  them,  where  he  is  either  silent  or 
positively  hostile  ^ 

Those  who  have  followed  me  through  this  prolonged  investigation  (which  I 
knew  not  how  to  abridge  without  sacrificing  perspicuity  to  conciseness)  will  readily 
anticipate  my  reply  to  Dr  Tregelles'  "statement  of  his  case,"  comprehended  in  the 
following  emphatic  words:  "It  is  claimed  that  the  united  testimony  of  versions, 
fathers,  and  the  oldest  MSS.  should  be  preferred  to  that  of  the  mass  of  modern 


^  e.g.  Origen  sides  with  the  received  text  or  with 
A  against  B,  Matth.  xxi.  29  cited  by  Tregelles 
(p.  107),  and  in  the  course  of  the  next  few  chapters 
in  XXV.  27  ;  29;  xxvi.  48  ;  53  ;  xxvii.  3  ;  11 ;  54 
lis;  xxviii.  15  ;   18.     I  could  multiply  references 


Icctoris  ad  fastidium.  It  may  tend  to  shew  the 
precariousness  of  patristic  testimony  if  I  add  that 
in  five  of  the  above-named  passages  Origen's  au- 
thority may  be  cited  on  hoth  sides. 


18 


PRINCIPLES    OF    COMPARATIVE   CRITICISM. 


copies;  and  farther,  that  the  character  of  the  few  ancient  MSS.  which  agree 
M'ith  versions  and  fathers,  must  be  such  (from  that  very  circumstance)  as  to  make 
their  general  evidence  the  more  trustworthy"  (p.  141).  Unquestionably,  I  rejoin, 
your  claim  is  reasonable,  it  is  irresistible.  If  you  shew  us  all,  or  nearly  all,  the 
uncials  you  prize  so  deservedly,  maintaining  a  variation  from  the  common  text 
which  is  recommended  by  all  the  best  versions  and  most  ancient  Fathers,  depend 
upon  it  we  will  not  lu-ge  against  such  overwhelming  testimony  the  mere  number 
of  the  cursive  copies,  be  they  ever  so  unanimous  on  the  other  side.  But  are  we 
not  discussing  a  purely  abstract  proposition  ?  Do  we  ever  find  the  "united" 
testimony  of  the  ancients  drawing  us  one  way,  that  of  the  juniors  another? 
I  will  not  assert  that  such  instances  may  not  occur,  though  at  this  moment  1  can 
hardly  remember  one  :  it  is  enough  to  say  that  principles  broad  as  those  laid 
down  by  Tregelles  must  be  designed  to  meet  the  rule,  not  the  exception.  In 
the  seven  texts  we  have  been  reviewing,  in  the  sixty-five  that  remain  on  his 
list,  in  the  yet  more  numerous  cases  he  tells  us  he  has  passed  over,  the  uncial 
MSS.  are  not  unequally  divided ;  or  where  there  is  a  preponderance,  it  is  not 
often  in  our  adversary's  favour.  The  elder  authorities  being  thus  at  variance, 
common  sense  seems  to  dictate  an  appeal  to  those  later  authorities,  respecting 
which  one  thing  is  clear,  that  they  were  not  copied  immediately  from  the 
uncials  still  extant.  Such  later  codices  thus  become  the  representatives  of 
others  that  have  perished,  as  old,  and  (to  borrow  Davidson's  suggestion,  p.  viii) 
not  improbably  more  old  than  any  now  remaining.  These  views  appear  so 
reasonable  and  sober,  that  they  have  approved  themselves  to  the  judgment  even 
of  Dr  Tregelles :  for  he  does  not  by  any  means  disdain  the  aid  of  the  few 
cursive  copies  {e.g.  1.  33.  69.  &c.)  which  "preserve  an  ancient  text,"  whereby 
of  course  is  implied  one  coinciding  with  his  preconceived  opinion  of  what  an 
ancient  text  ought  to  be^ 

Perhaps  I  shall  be  expected  to  say  a  few  words  respecting  the  scheme 
devised  by  Bentley  for  settling  the  sacred  text  on  a  firmer  basis,  since  both 
Tregelles  and  his  precursor  Lachmann  (iV.  T.  Proleg.  Vol.  i.  p.  xxx)  have 
sheltered  their  practice  of  recurring  exclusively  to  the  most  ancient  extant  docu- 
ments beneath  the  shadow  of  that  great  name.  We  shall  all  agree  on  one 
point,  that  no  authority,  however  imposing,  can  supply  the  place  of  argument 
in  enquiries  of  this  kind  ;  nor  do  I  scruple  to  confess  that  were  I  disposed  to 
swear  allegiance  to  any  earthly  teacher,  it  would  be  to  that  illustrious  scholar. 


1  Dean  Alford  had  constructed  the  text  of  his 
first  volume  of  the  Greek  Testament  (ist  edition) 
on  nearly  the  same  plan  as  Tregelles  would,  and 
thoroughly  was  he  dissatisfied  with  the  result. 
"The  adoption  of  that  text,"  he  writes  with  ad- 


mirable frankness,  "was,  I  do  not  hesitate  to 
confess,  a  great  mistahe.  It  proceeded  on  altogether 
too  high  an  estimate  of  the  most  ancient  existing 
MSS.,  and  too  low  an  one  of  the  importance  of 
internal  evidence."  {N.  T.  Vol.  ii.  PrcAaj.  p.  58.) 


PRINCIPLES    OF    COMPARATIVE    CRITICISM.  10 

whose  learning  and  genius  shed  a  bright  ray  across  the  darkness  of  his  evil 
generation.  It  is  painful  to  say  of  the  most  highly  gifted  man  that  ever  devoted 
himself  to  the  study  of  Biblical  criticism,  that  his  leading  principle  was  taken 
lip  hastily  and  on  precai'ious  grounds ;  yet  if  the  fact  be  so,  why  need  we  hesitate 
to  avow  it  ?  Bentley's  theory,  as  most  of  my  readers  will  remember,  was  built 
on  the  idea,  that  the  oldest  MSS.  of  the  Greek  original  and  of  Jerome's  Latin 
version,  resemble  each  other  so  marvellously,  even  in  the  very  order  of  the 
words,  that  by  means  of  this  agreement  he  could  restore  the  text  as  it  stood 
in  the  fourth  century,  "  so  that  there  shall  not  be  twenty  words,  or  even 
particles,  difference!"  "By  taking  two  thousand  errors  out  of  the  Pope's 
[Clementine]  Vulgate,  and  as  many  out  of  the  Protestant  Pope  Stephens's  [1550], 
I  can  set  out  an  edition  of  each  in  columns,  without  using  any  book  under  nine 
hundred  years  old,  that  shall  so  exactly  agree  word  for  word,  and,  what  at  first 
amazed  me,  order  for  order,  that  no  two  tallies,  nor  two  indentures,  can  agree 
better."  Thus  wrote  Bentley  to  Archbishop  Wake  in  1716:  the  tone  of  his 
"  Proposals,"  in  1720,  after  considerable  progress  had  been  made  in  the  work 
of  collation,  is  not  materially  less  confident.  Yet  to  those  who  have  calmly 
examined  the  subject,  the  wonder  is  not  the  closeness  of  agreement  between 
the  Greek  and  Latin  Codices,  but  that  a  man  of  so  vast  erudition  and  ability 
should  have  imagined  that  he  perceived  it,  to  any  thing  approaching  the  extent 
the  lowest  sense  of  his  words  demands.  Accordingly  when  his  collations  came 
to  be  examined,  and  compared,,  and  weighed,  keen  indeed  must  have  been 
the  disappointment  of  our  English  Aristarchus.  With  characteristic  fearlessness 
he  had  been  at  no  trouble  to  select  his  materials  (at  least  I  trace  no  indication 
of  such  choice  in  his  surviving  papers),  and  thus  the  truth  would  burst  upon 
him  all  the  sooner,  that  the  theory  on  which  he  had  staked  a  noble  reputation, 
in  the  face  of  watchful  enemies,  must  either  be  abandoned  or  extensively 
modified.  We  can  well  understand  the  struggle  which  silently  agitated  that 
proud  spirit.  Had  the  subject  of  his  labours  been  Terence  or  Milton,  it  were 
easy  to  conjectm-e  the  course  he  would  have  adopted :  if  MSS.  refused  to  support 
his  system,  they  must  have  been  forced  to  yield  to  it.  But  Bentley,  with  all 
his  faults  of  temper,  was  an  honest  and  a  pious  man;  he  dared  not  make 
the  text  of  Holy  Scripture  the  victim  of  his  sportive  ingenuity  ;  and  so,  soon 
after  the  year  1721,  we  come  to  hear  less  and  less  of  his  projected  Greek 
Testament.  Though  he  lived  till  1742,  it  does,  not  appear  that  he  ever  made 
serious  progress  in  arranging  the  stores  collected  by  himself  and  his  coadjutors. 
As  I  have  turned  over  his  papers  in  the  Library  of  Trinity  College,  with  a  heart 
saddened  by  the  spectacle  of  so  much  labour  lost,  I  could  not  persuade  myself 
that  the  wretched  dissensions  which  embittered  his  declining  days  had,  of  them- 
selves, power  enough  over  Bentley's  mind  to  break  off  in  the  midst  a  work 
that  he  had  once  regarded  as  his  best  passport  to  undying  fame. 

J )  2 


20  PRINCIPLES   OF    COMPARATIVE   CRITICISM. 

From  the  facts  we  have  been  discussing  I  feel  entitled  to  draw  two  or 
three  practical  inferences. 

(a).  That  the  true  readings  of  the  Greek  New  Testament  cannot  safely 
be  derived  from  any  one  set  of  authorities,  whether  MSS.,  versions,  or  Fathers, 
but  ought  to  be  the  result  of  a  patient  comparison  and  careful  estimate  of  the 
evidence  given  by  them  all. 

(6).  That  where  there  is  a  real  agreement  between  all  the  documents 
prior  to  the  tenth  century,  the  testimony  of  later  MSS.,  though  not  to  be 
rejected  unheard,  is  to  be  regarded  with  much  suspicion,  and,  unless  supported 
by  strong  internal  evidence ^  can  hardly  be  adopted. 

(c).  That  in  the  far  more  numerous  cases  where  the  most  ancient  docu- 
ments are  at  variance  with  each  other,  the  later  or  cursive  copies  are  of  great 
importance,  as  the  surviving  representatives  of  other  codices,  very  probably  as 
early,  possibly  even  earlier,  than  any  now  extant^. 

I  do  not  lay  down  these  propositions  as  any  new  discovery  of  my  own, 
but  as  being  (even  the  second  of  them)  the  principles  on  which  all  reasonable 
defenders  of  the  Textus  Beceptus  have  upheld  its  general  integrity. 


IV.  I  have  a  good  hope  that  the  foregoing  investigation  of  the  laws  of 
Comparative  Criticism  will  have  convinced  an  impartial  reader,  that  the  cursive 
or  junior  copies  of  the  Greek  New  Testament  have,  in  their  proper  place  and 
due  subordination,  a  real  and  appreciable  influence  in  questions  relating  to 
doubtful  readings.  If  I  have  succeeded  thus  far,  it  results  that  the  time  and 
pains  I  have  bestowed  on  studying  them  have  not  been  wasted:  the  collations 
I  have  accumulated  cannot  fail  to  be  of  some  service  to  the  Biblical  critic, 
even  though  he  may  think  I  have  a  little  exaggerated  their  value  and  importance. 
I  am  not  so  sanguine  as  to  the  degree  of  popular  acceptance  my  views  may 
obtain,  nor  (without  affecting  absolute  indifference  on  the  subject)  am  I  by 
any  means  so  anxious  on  this  head.  I  have  always  thought  that  the  researches 
and  labours  of  the  scholar — of  the  theological   scholar  above   all   others — are 


^  If  I  have  liitherto  said  nothing  on  the  im- 
portant head  of  internal  evidence,  it  is  from  no 
wish  to  disparage  its  temperate  and  legitimate  use. 
Yet  how  difficult  it  is  to  hinder  its  degenerating, 


strained  into  a  summary  neglect  of  more  recent 
witnesses,  as  necessarily  offering  nothing  worthy 
of  notice  :"  finely  adding,  "The  critic  should  not 
suffer  himself  to  be  encumbered  by  prepossessions 


skilful  hands,   into  vague  and  arbitrary    |    or  assumptions,  nor  bind  himself  to  the  routine  of 


conjecture ! 

^  Even  Mr  Green,  from  whom  I  fear  I  differ 
widely  on  some  of  the  topics  discussed  in  this 
chapter,  does  not  shrink  from  saying,  "In  a  re- 
view of  authorities  special  regard  will  reasonably 
be  paid  to  antiquity ;    but  this  must  not  be  over- 


a  mechanical  method  of  procedure.  If  he  allows 
himself  to  be  thus  warped  and  trammelled,  instead 
of  ever  maintaining  the  free  employment  of  a 
watchful,  calm,  and  unfettered  mind,  he  abandons 
his  duty  and  mars  his  work"  (Course  of  DevelojKcl 
Criticism,  Introduction,  p.  x.). 


PRINCIPLES    OF    COMPARATIVE    CRITICISM.  21 

thcii'  own  highest  and  purest  reward^.  Let  me  plead  guilty  to  having  read 
with  sensations  akin  to  scorn,  the  manuscript  note  appended  by  Caesar  de  Missy 
(a  person  who  might  have  known  better)  to  the  copy  of  Hearne's  scarce  edition 
of  the  Codex  Laudianus  (published  in  1715),  now  preserved  in  the  British 
Museum.  To  Hearne's  miserable  list  of  just  forty-one  subscribers  to  his  book, 
De  Missy  subjoins  the  sarcastic  comment  "Apres  cela,  Docteur,  va  pdlir  sur  la 
Bible !"  Yet  why  should  he  not  have  grown  pale  in  the  study  of  God's  Word  ? 
Why  not  have  handed  down  to  happier  times  a  treasure  of  sacred  learning 
which  the  princes  and  prelates  of  George  the  First's  reign  (that  nadir-point  of 
public  virtue  and  intellectual  cultivation  in  England)  were  too  slothful  to  ap- 
preciate, too  negligent  even  to  despise?  The  pin-suits  of  Scriptural  criticism 
are  so  quiet,  so  laborious,  that  they  can  have  few  charms  for  the  votary  of 
fame,  or  the  courtier  of  preferment:  they  always  have  been,  perhaps  they 
always  must  be,  the  choice  employment  mainly  of  those,  who,  feeling  conscious 
(it  may  be)  of  having  but  one  talent  committed  to  their  keeping,  seek  nothing 
so  earnestly  as  to  use  that  one  talent  well. 


^  I  should  have  wished  to  add  some  noble  senti-   {  face,  p.  xx.)  on  this  point,  but  that  I  trust  they  are 
ments  of  Dr  Dobbin  {Codex  Monffortianus,  Pre-   \   known  to  my  readers,  as  thej'  well  deserve  to  be. 


CHAPTEE  IL 

DESCRIPTION  OF  CERTAIN  MANUSCRIPTS  COLLATED  BY 
F.  H.  SCRIVENER. 

The  following  contributions  to  the  criticism  of  the  Greek  Testament  are  now 
submitted  to  the  Biblical  student. 

I.  A  transcript  of  the  uncial  Codex  Augiensis  GRiECO-LATiNus  of  St  Paul's 
Epistles,  The  importance  of  this  venerable  document,  no  less  than  its  countless 
variations  from  the  printed  text  in  both  languages,  seems  to  make  a  full  publica- 
tion of  its  contents  very  advisable.  No  pains  or  diligence  has  been  spared  to 
render  the  copy  here  exhibited  a  faithful  representation  of  the  original  manu- 
script. 

IL  A  full  and  exact  collation  of  eight  manuscripts  of  the  Gospels  (three 
being  Evangelistaria  in  uncial  letters),  of  fifteen  containing  the  Acts  and  Catholic 
Epistles,  of  fifteen  copies  of  St  Paul's  Epistles,  and  thirteen  of  the  Apocalypse, 
few  of  which  have  been  previously  used  for  critical  purposes. 

I  have  set  down  the  variations  of  these  fifty-one  documents  from  the  standard 
text  (Elzevir,  1624)  with  a  minuteness  not  before  deemed  necessary  by  others,  or 
indeed  by  myself  in  my  "  Collation  of  Manuscripts  of  the  Holy  Gospels."  Not 
only  have  I  noted  the  various  readings  strictly  so  called,  but  every  peculiarity  of 
gi-ammatical  inflexion  or  breathing,  every  erasure  or  error  of  the  pen,  every 
remarTcahle  change,  whether  of  accent  or  punctuation,  will  be  found  recorded  in 
these  pages.  In  adopting  this  plan,  I  have  acted  not  so  much  on  my  own 
judgment,  as  the  earnest  desire  of  several  scholars,  who  have  wished  my  labours 
to  present  them  with  as  true  an  image  as  possible  of  the  original  codices.  Un- 
doubtedly the  real  value  of  our  materials,  the  degree  of  care  exercised  by  the 
respective  scribes,  together  with  many  interesting  and  significant  peculiarities  of 
each  document,  may  thus  be  preserved  for  the  curious  inquirer:  nor  in  consulting 
a  book  of  reference  like  the  present  can  any  one  be  seriously  incommoded  by 
what  he  may  think  an  error  of  excess  on  my  part.  A  portion  of  my  task  whose 
usefulness  is  less  open  to  dispute  is  my  anxiety  to  state,  in  the  case  of  every 
important  variation,  not  only  which  of  my  authorities  differ  from  the  received 
text,  but  which  of  them  agree  with  it, 

I  proceed  to  lay  before  the  reader,  as  clearly  and  briefly  as  I  may,  some 
account  of  the  manuscripts  I  have  collated,  beginning  with  that  whose  transcript 
covers  so  many  of  the  following  pages. 


DESCRIPTION    OF    CERTAIN    MANUSCRIPTS,    &C. 


23 


I.  The  Codex  Augiensis  is  a  Greek  and  Latin  Manuscript  of  St  Paul's 
Epistles,  written  in  uncial  letters,  probably  of  the  ninth  century,  deposited  in  the 
Librai-y  of  Trinity  College,  Cambridge  (b,  17.  1),  to  the  Master  and  P'ellows  of 
Mhich  society  I  am  deeply  indebted,  as  well  for  the  munificent  aid  they  have 
afforded  me  in  the  publication  of  this  volume,  as  for  their  liberal  permission 
to  use  this  and  other  precious  documents  at  my  own  residence.  The  Codex 
Augiensis  is  written  on  136  quarto  leaves  of  fine  vellum,  9  inches  long  by  7^ 
broad,  and  has  a  rude  binding  in  wood,  such  as  was  common  in  Germany  and  the 
Low  Countries  some  centuries  ago:  on  the  leathern  back  are  stamped  the  initials 
of  one  of  its  late  owners  (G.  M.  W.).  Each  page  contains  28  lines  and  is 
divided  into  two  columns,  wherein  the  Ijatin  version  is  set  alongside  of  the 
Greek  text,  the  Latin  column  being  always  placed  outside.  This  copy  com- 
mences, Rom.  iii.  19,  fia  Xeyet,  and  the  Greek  ends,  Philem,  v.  20,  ev  xp(o.  There 
also  occur  the  following  hiatus  in  the  Greek;  1  Corinth,  iii.  8  to  v.  16,  ot/cei  ev 
vixiv.  ibid.  vi.  7  to  the  end  of  v.  14:  and  Coloss.  ii.  1,  after  \ao8tKta  to  v.  8, 
Koa-fiov^.  In  all  these  places  after  Rom.  iii.  19,  the  Latin  version  is  complete, 
being  carried  on  to  the  end  of  the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews ;  but  the  very  same 
hiatus  are  found  in  the  Greek  text  and  Latin  version  of  the  Codex  Boernerianus 
{JSIatthcei,  1791),  although  this  latter  document  contains  portions  of  the  Epistle 
to  the  Romans  before  the  place  where  the  Codex  Augiensis  begins. 

The  recent  history  of  our  manuscript  may  be  traced  by  means  of  the  inscrip- 
tions and  notes  at  its  beginning  and  end,  which  I  have  copied  below,  p.  272,  and 
need  not  here  repeat.  It  Avas  first  the  property  of  the  monastery  whence  it 
derives  its  name,  that  of  Augia  Major,  or  Augia  Dives,  Reichenau  [rich  meadow) 
on  a  fertile  island  in  the  lower  part  of  Lake  Constance  in  Baden ;  not  Augia 
Rheni,  Rheinau  {meadow  of  the  Rhine)  on  an  island  near  the  cataract  of  SchafF- 
hausen,  as  Michaelis  and  others  state  (Reeves'  edition  of  Adamnan's  "  Life  of  St 
Columba,"  Pref.  p.  xxii) :  Bentley's  note  "  Monasterium  Augiae,  in  Belgis,  ubi 
institutus  est  Goddeschalchus"  seems  to  point  to  Orbais  in  the  diocese  of  Soissons 
and  modern  Department  of  the  Marne,  some  thirty  miles  east  of  Paris.  If  Wet- 
stein  be  right  in  supplying  "  Concilii"  after  *' Basiliensis"  [a.d.  1431]  in  the 
earliest  inscription,  p.  272,  the  book  must  have  belonged  to  that  monastery  in 
the  fifteenth  century;  whence  it  came  into  the  possession  of  G.  M.  Wepfer,  of 
Schaff'hausen,  and  then  of  L.  Ch.  Mieg,  who  permitted  Wetstein  to  examine  it. 
Wetstein  induced  Bentley  to  purchase  this  Codex  at  Heidelberg  in  1718,  the 
German  bookseller  parting  with  it  at  cost  price  (250  Dutch  florins)  in  considera- 
tion for  the  fame  and  learning  of  the  prince  of  English  scholars^.     Bentley,  as 


^  Eight  leaves  of  the  Codex  Augiensis,  which 
ought  to  follow  fol.  55,  have  been  placed  by  the 
binder  after  fol.  102. 


2  Or  rather  perhaps  as  Bentley  states  the  case 
when  writing  to  Wetstein  at  the  time  {Bentley  Cor- 
respondence, p.  541),    "ob  beneficia  a  uie  partim 


24  DESCRIPTION    OF    CERTAIN    MANUSCRIPTS 

will  be  seen  from  his  manuscript  notes,  formed  a  high  estimate  of  the  Codex 
Augicnsis,  and  used  it  for  his  projected  edition  of  the  Greek  Testament.  I  have 
compared  his  colhition  (consisting  of  the  Greek  text  only)  with  my  own  tran- 
script, and  extracted  {infra,  p.  284)  the  few  notes  interspersed  with  it  from  the 
margin  of  his  copy  of  the  Oxford  Greek  Testament  1G75,  now  preserved  with  his 
other  papers  and  books  in  Trinity  College  Library  (b.  17.  8).  The  first  published 
collation  of  our  manuscript  was  that  of  Wetstein,  in  whose  notation  it  is  marked 
F  of  the  Pauline  Epistles ;  but  as  this  was  easily  seen  to  be  very  imperfect,  it  was 
again  examined  by  Tischendorf  in  1842,  and  by  Dr  Tregelles  in  1845,  for  their 
editions  of  the  Greek  Testament.  The  result  of  Tischendorf's  labours  appears 
in  his  manual  N.  T.  of  1849,  but  it  is  obviously  impossible  in  so  small  a  volume 
to  do  anything  like  justice  to  such  a  document  as  this :  indeed  I  may  fairly  apply 
to  his  case  the  language  of  Matthaei  respecting  the  kindred  Codex  Boerneri- 
anus:  "  Etenim  nee  Kusterus  nee  Wetstenius  satis  accurate  omnia  hujus  Codicis 
singularia  notaverant,  nee  vero  etiam,  nisi  totum  transcribere  voluissent,  potuerant. 
Plura  enim  pi'orsus  singularia  nuUus  inter  Codices  N.  T.  habet,  nisi  fortasse 
Evangeliorum  et  Actuum  Bezae  seu  Cantabrigiensis"  [Prcef.  Cod.  Boern.  p.  iii.)^ 
I  should  add  that  Tischendorf  was  the  first  to  pay  attention  to  the  Latin  trans- 
lation in  F  (denoted  by  f),  remarkable  and  in  some  measure  perplexing  as 
it  is.  "  Primus  contuli  et  passim  citavi "  is  his  statement  {^Nov.  Test.  Proleg. 
Pi  Lxxxii.) ;  yet  his  citations  are  comparatively  few  (no  less  than  eight  varia- 
tions being  omitted  in  liom.  viii.),  and  convey  no  adequate  representation  of 
its  peculiar  charactei'.  I  have  reason  to  know  that  this  defect  will  be  supplied 
in  his  seventh  edition. 

In  estimating  the  age  and  country  of  this  manuscript  we  are  scarcely  left 
to  conjecture.  The  style  of  writing  both  in  its  Latin  and  Greek  columns,  its 
manifest  connexion  with  the  Codex  Boernerianus,  and  consequently  with  the 
Codex  Sangallensis  of  the  Gospels  (A)  published  in  lithograph  facsimile  by 
Rettig  (Turici,  1836)  ;  no  less  than  the  extraneous  matter  it  contains,  written  in 
the  same  hand  as  the  sacred  text,  all  seem  to  point  distinctly  to  the  West  of 
Europe,  and  the  middle  of  the  ninth  century. 

This  foreign  matter  consists  of  a  Latin  Prologue  to  the  Epistle  to  the 
Hebrews  (infra,  p.  252),  the  only  Argument  in  the  Codex  Augiensis,  and  a 
kind  of  Epilogue  to  the  same  Epistle  (pp.  2G8 — 272),  having  however  but 
little  reference  to  it.  Both  the  Prologue  and  Epilogue  are  found  in  the  works  of 
Rabanus  Maurus,  Archbishop  of  Mayence,  who  died  a.d.  856,  and  is  justly 
termed    by  Dean  Waddington    (History    of  the    Church,    p.  259,    first    edition) 


acceptH,partim  adhuc  sperata:"  yet  who  would  not  i  tinet  commemorare."     This  was  in  1 791,  yet  the 

gladly  impute  their  courtesy  to  the  higher  motive  ?  j  Cod.  Augiensis  was  then  at  Trinity  College,  having 

1    "Nam    de   Augiensi,"    Matthaei   strangely  been   placed   there   in    1787,    after  the  death  of 

adds,    "quia  ubi  nunc  lateat,   ignoratur,  uon  at-  !  Richard  Bentley  the  nephew. 


OF   THE    GREKK    TESTAMENT.  25 

"  the  most  profound  theologian  of  the  age."  The  Proh)gue  is  prefixed  to  that 
prelate's  Commentary  on  the  Hebrews  (Migne,  Patrologia,  Tom.  112,  Paris,  18-51  ; 
liabani  Opera,  Tom.  vi.  p.  711);  the  Epilogue  is  annexed  to  llabanus'  Treatise 
"  De  Modo  Poenitentice,"  comprising  the  twenty-third  and  concluding  chapter  of 
that  work,  with  the  title  "  Dicta  Abbatis  Pinopiii"  (Migne,  Patrologia,  Tom.  112, 
p.  1329);  yet,  as  in  the  case  of  the  Codex  Augiensis,  it  has  no  special  connection 
with  the  preceding  matter,  only  that  it  was  manifestly  familiar  to  Rabanus,  who 
has  employed  its  sentiments,  and  sometimes  its  very  words,  throughout  his  own 
Treatise^  Now  when  we  consider  that  both  the  Prologue  and  Epilogue  are  found 
in  the  volumes  of  Rabanus,  it  need  not  materially  modify  our  estimate  of  the  date 
of  the  Codex  Augiensis  were  we  to  learn  that  one  or  both  of  them  has  been 
traced  scparateJi/  to  an  earlier  source.  The  Prologue  is  read  almost  verbatim, 
in  the  Codex  Amiatinus  edited  by  Tischendorf  (1850,  1854),  the  most  venerable 
existing  MS.  of  the  Latin  Vulgate,  whose  date  is  the  sixth  century:  while  a 
marginal  note  has  been  affixed  by  a  modern  hand  to  the  Epilogue  in  our 
MS.  (fol.  139,  p.  2)^  directing  our  attention  to  Cumianus,  an  Irish  writer  of  the 
middle  of  the  seventh  century.  On  comparing  the  passage  cited  (BibliotJieca 
Patrum  Maxima,  Lugduni  1677,  Tom.  xii.  p.  42)  with  our  Postscript,  the  resem- 
blance between  them  appears  so  slight  an(J  general  that  it  is  hard  to  believe  that 
the  writer  of  the  note  could  have  ever  read  both  pieces  throughout:  in  the  few 
opening  sentences  alone  is  there  any  real  similarity.  There  seems,  therefore,  at 
present  no  reason  for  distui'bing  the  general  opinion  which  has  assigned  the 
date  of  our  Manuscript  to  the  next  generation  after  Charlemagne. 

We  are  led  to  much  the  same  conclusion  when  we  regard  the  Codex  Augiensis 
in  connexion  with  the  Codices  Sangallensis  and  Boernerianus :  I  name  them 
together,  for  no  one  that  has  read  Rettig's  elaborate  Prolegomena  to  the  former 
(Cap.  IV.  pp.  18 — 23)  will  hesitate  to  consider  them  as  portions  of  one  and  the 
same  document.       The  close  affinity  subsisting  between  the  Codices  Augiensis 


^  The  Codex  Augiensis  should  be  used  for  cor-    |  remit  Origenes  Homil.  ii.   in    Levit."      A  later 

recting  the  text  of  Rabanus  :  thus,  both  it  and  the   ,  scribe  adds,   "imo  potius  conveniunt  iis  quse  Cu- 

Cod.  Amiatinus  supply  an  important  sentence  in    |  mianus  habet  in  1.    de   Poenitentiarura    niensura" 

the  Argument  to  the  Hebrews,  and  it  confirms    [  qui  auctor  vixit  an  640.  et  iis  quse  extant  B.  Patr. 

Migne's conjecture  "elemosinai-um/'fol.  140,  p.  i,    1  T.  xii.  p.  42."      For  habct  in  Tischendorf  reads 

col.  I,  1.  6.    Aft«r  "jam  non  recordabor,"  fol.  141,    1  Rabani,  for  hahet  Mr  Hort  (in  Tregelles'  Home, 

p.  I,  col.  2,  I.  I,  there  is  no  resemblance  between   i  p.  198  note)  reads  Fata  or  Fota,  and   obligingly 

our  MS.  and  the  "Dicta  Pinophi,"  either  in  the  points  out  to  me  that  "Fota"  or  "the  Long" 

words  or  sense.     For  this  Abbot  Pinophus  I  have   ■  was  the  sobriquet  of  Cumianus  or  Co;nmin  (nat. 

searched  in  vain  every  index  of  mediasval  litera-    |  A.D.  592;  Cave,  Histor.  Literar.  Tom.  i.  p.  584, 

ture  I  could  meet  with.      I  must  k-ave  him  to    j  O.Kon.  1740).     I  believe,  however,  that  when  he 

some  one  who  may  be  more  foi-tuuate.  ;  shall  next  consult  the  MS.,  he  will  find  my  read- 

'■^  I  subjoin  the  whole  note,  the  cramped  hand-    j  ing  of  the  word  con-ect.      I  have  placed  an  ;is- 

writing  of  which  has  perplexed  more  readers  than   j  terisk  on  p.   268,   at  the  pLice   whoic   this  ra.-.r- 

one:    "respondent  stec  [sequential]  quadantonus    |  ginal  note  begins, 
variis  illis  rcmittcudi  peccata  modis.  quorum  me-   I 


26 


DESCRIPTION    OF    CERTAIN    MANUSCRIPTS 


and  Boernerianus  has  indeed  no  parallel  in  this  branch  of  literature,  for  the 
Codex  Sangcrmancnsis  of  St  Paul's  Epistles  (E)  is  nothing  but  a  bad  copy  of  the 
great  Codex  Claromontanus  (D),  and  having  as  such  no  critical  value  whatever, 
ought  long  since  to  have  been  expunged  from  the  list  of  authorities.  No 
suspicion  of  this  kind  can  be  reasonably  entertained  in  the  present  case.  The 
Latin  versions  in  the  two  copies  are  essentiaUij  different,  and  though  the  circum- 
stance that  the  same  hiatus  are  met  with  in  the  Greek  text  of  each,  and  their 
intimate  correspondence  even  in  errors  of  the  scribe,  abundantly  prove  that  they 
are  derived  from  the  same  Greek  prototype'("  ejusdem  veteris  exemplaris  apo- 
graph©," as  Bentley  expresses  it,  ivfra,  p.  284),  yet  the  supposition  that  the  one 
was  immediately  derived  from  the  other,  will  be  found  quite  irreconcileable  with 
ascertained  phenomena.  I  have  made  an  accurate  collation  of  the  Codex  Augi- 
ensis  with  INIatthaji's  edition  of  the  Codex  Boernerianus,  which  was  lately  ascer- 
tained by  Bottiger  to  be  very  exact,  and  have  placed  its  results  at  the  foot  of 
each  page  in  my  transci-ipt  in  the  following  pages.  Hence  it  appears  that  the 
two  documents  vary  from  each  other  in  1984  places;  whereof  579  are  mere 
blunders  of  the  pen;  968  itacisms,  or  changes  of  one  vowel  into  another^;  166 
relate  to  a  similar  interchange  of  consonants;  71  to  grammatical  or  ortho- 
graphical forms;  while  the  real  various  readings  amount  to  200,  of  which  32  arise 
li"om  the  omission  or  insertion  of  the  article.  Elsewhere  the  Greek  texts  of  these 
manuscripts  are  identical,  coinciding  in  the  minutest  points. 

,  The  166  instances  of  interchange  of  consonants  are  chiefly  corrections  in 
the  Codex  Boernerianus  of  anomalies  found  in  the  Codex  Augiensis;  yet  many 
remain  common  to  both,  from  which  might  be  drawn  up  a  catalogue  to  the 
full  as  curious  as  that  of  Rettig  in  his  Prolegomena  to  the  Codex  Sangallensis, 
and  much  of  the  same  character.  A  few  examples  loill  suffice  for  a  thousand,  and 
it  is  quite  evident  that  the  scribe  who  adopted  them  had  a  most  imperfect 
acquaintance  with  Greek.  Thus  A  and  e  are  perpetually  confused  in  F;  e.g. 
avbpaiTos,  Gal.  iii.  15;  v.  3;  Eph.  vi.  6;  Phil.  ii.  7;  Col.  iii.  22:  but  adeXKpos 
Phil.  ii.  25;  iii.  1;  13;  17;  iv.  1 ;  21;  Coloss.  i.  1 ;  2;  1  Thess.  iv.  10,  bis; 
13 ;  V.  1  p.m.;  4  p.m.;  12  p.m.;    1  Tim.  iv.  6  p.m.;  v.  1;  2;  aXrjbuiv,  1  Tim.  iv.  3 

jy.m.:    aycoviCofieSu,  ibid.  v.  10  pm.;    irapa^iKriv,  2  Tim.  i.  12:    \vbabrjv  (pro  avOahri),  Tit. 

i.  7.  So  N  and  n,  rovnavTiov,  Gal.  ii.  7:  avvvveKpi-B-qa-av,  ibid.  V.  13:  \vveiTai,  Ephcs. 
iv.  30:  Trpfvei,  V.  3:  Treptvarire,  ibid.  V.  8:  especially  kovos  (pro  koitos),  2  Cor.  x.  15; 
xi.  23 ;  27,  passim.  Thus  also  T  and  e  are  interchanged,  evfixea-rai,  2  Cor.  xi. 
4:  anoXoyovpeTa,  xii.  19  p.m.:  KadapTiCfo-dai,  xiii.  11:  avdea-TTjv,  Gal.  ii.  11.  Similarly 
with  C  and  I,  Rom.  vii.  11  has  fCrjTraTrja-ev  both  in  F  and  G;  but  Phil.  iii.  8 
f^TjpticvBrjv:    see    also   F  in   Col.  i.  29;    iii.  13;    1    Thess.    v.   3 ;    2   Thess.  i.  3; 


^  In  both  MSS.  the  vowels  are  interchanged 
as  much  as  in  any  copy  I  know,  none  perhaps  so 
frequently  as   o  and  w  :    yet  I  would  not   quite 


assert  with  Tregelles  (Home,  p.  198),  that  the 
writer  of  F  "  used  them  without  discrimination. 
The  interchange  of  e  and  t]  is  nearly  as  frequent. 


OF    THE    GREEK   TESTAMENT.  27 

1  Tim.  i.  6 ;  Tit.  i.  2 ;  ii.  9.  H  and  N  are  constantly  interchanged  in  G,  and  some- 
times in  F,  e.g.  Eph.  i.  17;  iii.  8;  2  Tim.  iii.  13.  The  confusion  of  fi  and  v, 
noted  by  Matthaei  in  G,  is  also  found  in  F,  e.g.  Kom.  xv.  2G  ;  1  Cor.  i.  9  ;  as  is  the 
more  natural  error  of  A  for  A  (1  Cor.  iii.  19),  A  for  A  (Tit.  i.  7),  A  for  A  (2  Cor. 
xii.  G).  The  decided  Latinism  n  for  P  (e.g.  1  Tim.  ii.  1)  and  vice  versa  is  very 
frequent:  o-pfpua,  Rom.  ix.  7:  napapTafiaTt,  xi.  11:  ayaprjroi,  1  Cor.  X.  14:  p.m.:  but 
Tr\T]Tro(fiopf<Tov,  2  Tim.  iv.  5.  Mutations  of  tt  and  /3  (1  Tim.  iv.  14),  of  k  and  x 
(especially  in  eKdpos  and  eKdpa,  e.g.  Rom.  v.  10;  viii.  7;  xii.  20),  of  ^  and  x  (Rom. 
xi.  14,  G;  1  Cor.  vi.  2,  F;  2  Cor.  iii.  18,  F;  1  Tim.  i.  15)  of  vx  for  yx  {(nr\avxva, 
Philem.  vv.  7;   12)  constantly  occur,  and  need  not  here  be  further  cited. 

There  are  no  signs  of  the  ordinary  breathings  and  accents  in  this  manuscript. 
Codex  F  occasionally,  and  G  more  often  places  a  straight  line  nearly  horizontal 
over  the  initial  vowel  of  a  word,  which  may  be  designed  for  the  aspirate,  but  is 
found  in  some  few  places  where  the  vowel  takes  the  lenis  (i8lov,  1  Cor.  vi.  18; 
vii.  4;  37;  Lo-a-a,  Phil.  ii.  6;  see  also  1  Tim.  iv.  15).  This  mark  is  of  some  im- 
portance from  the  circumstance  that  both  in  F  and  G  it  is  placed  over  OC  in 
1  Tim.  iii.  16,  for  which  various  reading  in  the  place  of  eC  these  codices  are 
well  known  to  be  the  chief,  I  had  almost  said  the  only  unequivocal  witnesses. 
Yet  I  do  not  believe  that  the  line  was  intended  to  denote  that  OC  was  the 
familiar  abbreviation  for  deos,  for  not  only  is  there  not  the  faintest  trace  of  such 
a  line  ivithin  the  O  as  shall  make  it  become  O',  but  the  line  is  placed  over  too 
many  initial  and  aspirated  omicrons  to  render  it  probable  that  anything  more 
was  intended  here  (1  Thess.  i.  9  F  G  ;  1  Tim.  iii.  1  G;  iv.  14  G;  15  FG  ;  vi. 
15  his  FG).  Another  pecuharity  of  these  codices  is  the  strange  and  sometimes 
indeed  the  absurd  manner  in  which  the  words  are  separated  from  each  other. 
The  continuous  mode  of  wiiting,  with  no  space  or  division  between  the  words, 
which  prevailed  in  the  elder  Greek  uncial  copies,  was  by  this  time  laid  aside, 
and  the  scribe  of  the  Codex  Augiensis  seems  to  have  intended  to  place  a  middle 
point  or  stop  (•)  after  the  last  letter  of  each  word  he  wrote.  These  points  I 
have  faithfully  retained  in  my  transcript,  and  though  the  penman  neglects  them 
in  some  passages  (about  fol.  12  and  elsewhere  they  almost  disappear  for  a  while), 
yet  on  the  whole  they  are  found  pretty  uniformly  in  all  parts  of  the  MS.  Parts 
of  the  same  word,  originally  separated,  are  often  linked  {p.m.  as  it  would  seem) 
by  a  curve  („),  the  point  once  between  them  being  partially  or  wholly  erased. 
In  the  Codex  Boernerianus  few  such  stops  are  found,  but  an  interval  is  left 
between  the  several  words  much  in  the  fashion  of  modern  writing.  Now  the 
point  I  would  draw  attention  to  is  this :  that  while  the  mode  in  which  the  words 


^  Of  course  I  speak  of  the  Codex  Augiensis 
from  close  and  repeated  examination,  and  the 
reader  will  judge  for  himself  by  the  photogr.apli 


contained  in  this  volume.  The  facsimile  of  this 
passage  from  the  Codex  Boernerianus  is  given  in 
Matthici's  Greek  Tcstnment,  Vol.  i.  p.  4. 

e2 


28 


DESCRIPTION    OF    CERTAIN   MANUSCRIPTS 


arc  divided  in  each  copy  displays  much  ignorance  on  the  part  of  the  penman, 
there  is  no  striking  resemblance  in  the  actual  blunders :  the  two  documents 
therefore  were  derived  separately  from  some  early  codex,  in  which  there  was 
probably  no  interval  between  the  words ;  and  consequently  in  those  places  where 
F  and  G  agree,  they  must  not  be  estimated  as  two  distinct  authorities,  but  as 
one;  the  surviving  representatives  of  a  manuscript  now  lost,  perhaps  a  century  or 
two  older  than  themselves. 

This  is  true  as  regards  the  Greek  text :  their  respective  Latin  versions  are 
quite  independent  and  even  more  interesting  than  the  Greek  to  a  Biblical  critic. 
"  Codex  Augiensis  latinam  interpretationem  eamque  veterem  vulgatam  adscriptam 
habet,  Boernerianus  vero  grascis  superscriptam  eamque  veterem  italam,"  is 
Tischendorf's  decision  (Proleg.  N.  T.  p.  lxxiii).  Tregelles  again  terms  the  Latin 
version  of  F  a  very  good  copy  of  that  of  Jerome,  "far  superior  to  that  generally 
current"  (Tregelles'  Home,  p.  198).  I  am  not  sure  whether  Dr  Davidson  has 
closely  examined  this  subject,  as  his  description  of  this  copy  is  not  quite  free  from 
error,  3'et  I  conceive  his  view  of  the  version  to  be  more  correct,  w  hen  he  regards 
it  as  "  patched  and  mended  so  as  to  be  a  mixture  of  the  Old  Latin  and  Jerome's" 
{Treatise  on  Biblical  Criticism,  Vol.  11.).  But  in  fact  the  internal  history  of  the 
Latin  Vulgate  translation,  and  its  relation  to  the  Italic  or  old  Latin,  under  the 
various  forms  wherein  the  latter  has  been  pi'cserved  to  us,  remain  yet  to  be 
investigated,  nor  is  this  the  place  to  venture  on  so  large  a  field  of  inquiry.  The 
Latin  portion  of  the  Codex  Augiensis  (called  f  by  Tisehendorf)  will  I  believe 
prove  very  useful  to  the  scholar  who  shall  undertake  the  thorough  examination  of 
this  question:  for  the  present  it  shall  suffice  to  offer  a  few  general  remarks. 

Our  version  then  will  be  found  to  approximate  much  nearer  to  the  Clementine 
Vulgate,  or  to  the  best  MSS.  of  Jerome's  version,  such  as  the  Codices  Amiatinus 
and  Fuldensis,  in  those  parts  of  the  manuscript  where  the  Greek  is  lost :  indeed 
to  differ  from  one  or  more  of  them  only  in  affbrding  some  good  various  readings. 
There  is  wider  divergency  in  other  places,  yet  even  there  it  very  much  consists  of 
readings  assimilated  to  those  of  the  Greek  text  in  the  parallel  columns,  or  of 
changes  in  the  order  of  words,  Avhich  are  thus  made  to  approach  to  that  of  the 
original,  a  tendency  too  natural  under  the  circumstances  to  excite  surpi-ise. 
Sometimes,  when  the  variation  in  order  is  more  extensive  than  usual,  marks  are 
placed  over  the  Greek  words,  referring  them  to  the  corresponding  Latin  (e.g.  Rom. 
xi.  22).  In  some  parts  of  this  MS.  (e.g.  1  Cor.  x.)  the  divergences  of  the  Latin 
version  in  our  copy  from  the  Vulgate  are  considerable :  its  renderings  approaching 
nearer  to  those  of  the  Italic  MSS.  In  many  passages,  however,  the  Latin  reading 
agrees  with  the  printed  Vulgate  against  the  Greek  (e.g.  Rom.  xii.  11;  1  Cor.  xi. 
2;  24;  xiv.  18;  xv.  51;  2  Cor.  i.  20;  iii.  13;  v.  3;  19;  xi.  23;  Gal.  i.  6  p.m.; 
v.  25  ;  Ephes.  vi.  19  ;  Phil.  ii.  11 ;  iii.  8  ;  17  ;  20 ;  2  Tim.  i.  9  ;  iv.  22)  :  while  in 
some  instances  it  departs  from  the  Greek  and  present  Vulgate  text  jointly  (e.  g. 


OF    THE    GREEK    TESTAMENT. 


29 


Rom.  ix.  4 ;  1  Cor.  x.  1;  29 ;  xv.  23 ;  Eph.  iii.  11  ;  Phil.  iii.  7;  1  Tim.  v.  1  ;  2  Tim. 
i.  IT)  bis);  and  often  sides  with  the  Greek  against  the  Vulgate  (e.g.  1  Cor.  vi.  20; 
ix.  24;  X.  2;  19;  Gal.  v.  22;  et  passim). 

Throughout  the  whole  MS.  many  Latin  words  -will  be  seen  placed  o^  er  the 
Greek,  probably  by  a  later',  certainly  by  an  ancient  hand,  a  large  portion  of 
which,  viz.  86  cases  out  of  the  whole  106,  are  derived  from  the  interlinear 
version  of  the  Codex  Boernerianus-:  of  the  remainder,  one  rendering  "  ivaltet" 
1  Cor.  vii.  4  is  in  German,  which  was  doubtless  the  native  language  of  this  scribe. 
Either  therefore  a  later  hand  must  have  corrected  the  Cod.  Augiensis  by  its 
kindred  copy  (which  from  other  improvements  in  the  Greelc  may  be  deemed 
not  impossible),  or  the  interlinear  Latin  in  both  documents  was  taken  from  their 
common  prototype,  which  in  that  case  must  have  exhibited  the  old  Italic  and 
not  Jerome's  revised  translation.  The  Latin  version  in  F  is  somewhat  carelessly 
written,  at  least  in  parts  (e.g.  foil.  49,  50).  I  have  thought  it  my  duty  to  retain 
in  my  copy  all  the  original  errors  of  the  pen. 

I  would  not  positively  assert  that  the  Codex  Augiensis  is  the  work  of  a  single 
scribe:  certainly  when  the  misplaced  leaves  56 — 63  are  seen  in  the  later  part  of 
the  MS.  after  fol.  102,  the  contrast  in  style  of  writing  is  rather  striking.  Yet 
those  who  are  most  conversant  with  palaeography  will  often  feel  the  most  diffident 
in  pronouncing  judgment  on  this  point,  so  greatly  does  the  hand  change  in  the 
course  of  a  long  task ;  and  so  much  is  it  influenced  by  the  prospect  of  an  abund- 
ance or  scarcity  of  vellum  or  paper.  Yet  in  a  case  like  that  before  us,  where  the 
same  document  was  faithfully  copied  at  the  same  time  and  place,  the  question 
respecting  the  identity  of  the  copyist  is  hardly  worth  discussing^ 

Wetstein,  I  believe,  was  the  first  to  speak  of  the  Anglo-Saxon  form  of  the 
Latin  characters  (N.  T.  Proleg.  Tom.  ii.  8),  but  I  perceive  no  real  difference 
between  the  style  of  this  MS,  and  of  many  of  the  same  date  which  abound  in 
public  libraries  (e.g.  Bodleian,  Douce,  322).  Hence  I  would  rather  acquiesce  in 
the  statement  of  the  late  accomplished  John  Wordsworth  (infra,  p.  272)  :  "  This 
MS.  is  not  written  in  Anglo-Saxon  characters,  as  has  been  described,  but  in 
the  renovated  minuscule  of  the  Caroline  period."  While  the  Greek  portion  is 
executed  in  a  neat  but  rather  rude  uncial  character,  the  Latin  is  in  a  cursive 
hand,  the  intervals  between  the  words  well  marked,  and  the  whole  ap^Dearance 
one  of  singular  elegance  and  clearness.     The  reader  will  observe  from  my  copy 


^  pota  ilium,  Rom.  xii.  20,  and  perhaps  some 
other  words,  are  clearly  p.  m. 

2  From  which,  I  presume,  h  was  inserted  be- 
fore vrroKpiaei,  Fol.  118,  p.  2,  1.  18. 

3  I  am  quite  willing  to  acquiesce  in  Dr  Tre- 
geUes'  statement,  in  his  edition  of  Home's  IrUro- 
duction,  Vol.  II.  p.  189  :  "  If  different  parts  of  the 
Code.x  Augiensis  are  compared,  it  may  seem  as  if 


it  had  been  -written  by  several  hands  from  the 
variety  in  the  character  of  the  Greek  ;  but  if  the 
leaves  are  looked  at  consecutively  (and  not  in  the 
order  in  which  some  of  them  are  now  transposed) 
[vid.  supra,  j).  xxiii,  note  i.],  it  will  be  seen  that  the 
clianges  are  so  gradual  as  to  indicate  the  same 
hand  having  become  more  practised  (or  more 
wearied)  in  tracing  Greek  letters." 


30 


DESCRIPTION    OF    CERTAIN    MANUSCRIPTS 


that  prepositions,  &c.  are  often  joined  closely  with  the  following  Avord.  Here 
again  a  few  of  the  consonants  are  repeatedly  interchanged,  b  with  p\  d  with 
t,  c  with  s,  X  with  ch  (1  Cor.  xii.  31),  and  p  with  r  in  xps  or  xpc,  both  which 
forms  perpetually  occur,  the  latter  perhaps  the  more  frequently.  The  letter 
r  has  often  the  shape  of  f,  and  twice  (Rom.  ix.  19;  2  Tim.  iii.  17)  r  is  used 
where  P  is  plainly  meant.  On  the  other  hand,  a  few  Latin  letters  and  forms 
have  crept  into  the  Greek  text,  as  in  Gal.  v.  24;  1  Tim.  iv.  2;  2  Tim.  iii.  4 
p.m.;  iv.  1.  Indeed  v,  u  and  y  are  much  confounded:  the  genitive  t  for  ov 
occurs  2  Cor.  ii.  15;  v.  10;  1  Tim.  iv.  6;  Philem.  9  p.m.:  i  for  the  pi.  nom.  oi, 
1  Cor.  ix.  o;  xv.  48;  2  Thess.  iii.  8:  t?  for  ois,  1  Cor.  xvi.  IG  :  k  is  read  in 
karissimus,   but  not   (I  think)   elsewhere. 

The  abbreviations  or  contractions  in  the  Greek  text  ai-e  confined  to  the 
words,  deos,  Kvpioi,  iTjo-ovs,  xptfTor,  rraTTjp,  Trvevfia,  and  their  oblique  cases  ;  these  are 
common  to  most  uncial  copies.  The  Codex  Augiensis  however  (thus  resem- 
bling the  Cod.  Boernerianus)  is  peculiar  in  reading  irjv,  irjv,  xpv>  XP"-  although 
the  more  usual  forms  iv,  iv,  ^f,  x^  ^^'^  often  met  with.  It  also  sometimes 
reads  s  for  ov.     All  these  peculiarities  I  have,  of  course,  studiously  retained. 

The  Latin  version  has  many  more  contractions,  though  these  are  so  unequally 
distributed  that  on  many  pages  (especially  near  the  beginning)  there  are 
scarce  any.  The  page  Ave  represent  in  photograph  exhibits  an  average  num- 
ber. Most  of  them  will  be  found  in  other  MSS.  of  about  the  same  date,  but 
since  I  have  not  exhibited  them  in  my  transcript  except  for  special  reasons, 
I  have  been  the  more  careful  to  draw  up  the  following  complete  list  of  them. 

Both  in  the  middle  and  end  of  a  word  —  over  a  letter  denotes  m:  over  m  it 
stands  for  en  (e.  g.  am),  over  t  or  v  for  er  (e.  g.  talit),  over   the  last  written 


1  Since  Reichenau,  like  St  Gall  and  other 
neighbouring  foundations,  was  much  frequented  in 
the  ninth  century  by  Irish  monks  and  pilgrims, 
the  Codex  Augiensis  has  been  thought  to  have  been 
written  by  a  scribe  of  that  nation.  I  note  however 
a  considerable  difference  both  in  style  of  writing 
and  in  neatness  between  the  Latin  of  this  MS.,  and 
the  rude  coarse  hand  of  the  Codices  Sangallensis 
and  Boernerianus,  which  strikingly  resemble  the 
interlined  copy  of  the  Lord's  Prayer  appended  to 
the  Reichenau  MS.  of  the  Life  of  St  Columba, 
founder  of  Hy  [Icolmkill]  by  Adamnan,  and  pub- 
lished with  it  in  1857  for  the  Irish  Archaeological 
Society  by  Dr  Reeves,  the  Celtic  scholar,  to  whom 
we  were  indebted  ten  years  ago  for  the  interpreta- 
tion of  the  Irish  stanzas  at  the  foot  of  fol.  23  of 
the  Codex  Boernerianus.  The  learned  editor  has 
also  laboriously  collected  from  this  MS.  of  Adam- 
nan  (which  he  assigns  to  the  eighth  century),  from 
the  Book  of  Armagh  (a.D.  807)  and  other  kindred 


sources,  those  orthographical  peculiarities  which  he 
considers  to  characterise  Irish  MSS.  of  about  the 
ninth  century  (Preface,  p.  xvi).  I  believe  that  his 
list  would  have  been  more  useful  had  he  excluded 
mere  errors  of  the  pen,  and  made  it  rather  more 
select  :  some  of  his  forms,  e.  g.  -is  for  -es,  c  and  t 
interchanged,  adinpletus  for  adimpletus,  are  common 
to  all  ages  and  MSS.  Yet  not  a  few  of  his  ex- 
amples occur  in  the  Codex  Augiensis,  e.  g.  h  for  p  ; 
p  for  6  (prespiter)  ;  f  for  ph;  t  for  d ;  habunde  ; 
cclesia ;  ohoedientia  ;  and  especially  the  coherence 
of  the  preposition  to  the  word  it  governs,  so  con- 
stant in  our  MS.  Dr  Reeves  (Preface,  pp.  xx.  xxi.) 
incidentally  states  that  the  capricious  sub-division 
of  words,  of  which  we  see  so  much  in  the  Greek 
of  the  Codex  Augiensis,  is  a  marked  peculiarity  of 
old  Irish  writing.  But  in  our  Latin  version  (f)  we 
find  nothing  of  this  kind,  nor  am  I  on  the  whole 
inclined  to  impute  it  to  an  Irish  scribe. 


or    THE    GREEK    TESTAMENT 


31 


letter  of  a  verb  for  the  terminations  it,  at,  or  unt.  The  mark  z  above  the 
last  written  letter  of  a  verb  is  for  ur;  the  termination  us  is  often  represented 
by  an  apostrophe  (e.g.  man'),  rarely  by  u  (Hebr.  xiii.  4),  u«  or  u',  or  even 
by  s  for  the  apostrophe.  The  mark  x  seen  on  11.  18  and  27  of  the  photographed 
page  is  for  the  ending  urn  of  the  genitive  plural;  b  is  for  the  termination  bis; 
h;  b'  or  b;  for  bus  final.  A  comma  uridei-  e  (1.  17  photograph)  is  for  ae  diph- 
thong, and  though  it  is  often  found  under  e  in  cdum,  yet  that  word  when  written 
in  full  is  always  spelt  ccelum  not  ccelum:  so  also  penitentia,  pp.  268,  269.  What 
is  meant  by  the  comma  over  e  (which  I  retain  whenever  it  is  found)  I  know 
not.  A  kind  of  flourished  tail  appended  to  h,  m,  or  n  stands  fori  Te  e-  h  )• 
ns,  nt  are  often  written  ]N  ,  IS  ;  a  is  sometimes  written  small  below  the  line 
and  connected  with  the  other  letters  by  a  species  of  flourish  as  a^  h 
for  as,  ha\ 

In  the  subjoined  hst  of  abuidged  words  the  aiopcnded  reference  shews  that 
the  form  occurs  only  in  the  passages  cited : 


aetu  (Hebr.  vii.  21)  (sternum. 

aliqd  aliquid  or  aliquod. 

ajjls,  apsis  apostolus. 

au,  aut  (au&  Ephes.  vi.  21)  autem. 

c,  3  con  prepos. 

dns  (d  1  Cor.  iv.  5),  dni  &c Dominus  ^c 

ds,  di,  do,  dm  Deus  S^t. 

eccla,  eclsae,  eclani ecclesia  Sjc. 

H  (Hebr.  xii.  20 ;  xiii.  17) enim. 

eplis  epistolis. 

epm  (Tit.  i.  7) episcopum. 

g°  ••  ergo. 

e  or  -^  est. 

ee,  eet,  cent  esse,  esset,  essent. 

&  (even  joined  with  other  lettei's),  or  7  et. 

evang  (Eph.  vi.  19) evangelii. 

fr,  frt,  frem,  fres,  fribus f rater  Sjc. 

gla,  glae gloria  &;c. 

gra,  grae,  gram,  gras  gratia  S<;c. 

hierlm  (Hebr.  vii.  22)  hierusalem. 

ihc  or  ihs  (ih  2  Thess.  ii.  8),  ihu.ihra. J^e«i«*  S^c. 

Tmentu  (1  Cor.  iii.  7)  incrementum. 

ibis  terve  "*• 


^^■^^'•1  IsraheL 

kmi  (Eph.  V.  1;  Phil.  ii.  12)  carissimi. 

micda,  miserda,  miae,  miam  . . .  misericordia  S^-c. 

ms  (Hebr.  x.  38)  „j^„^_ 

^  non  (ne  p.  270,  I.  27?) 


m-,  nra,  nrm,  nrorum,  mis nosier  S^c. 

nurnqd  or  numqd  numquid. 

nc~(Hebr.  ix.  24)  nunc. 

obsecral  (Eph.  vi.  18) obsecratione. 

omis,  oms,  ome,  omi,  oma  omnis  &c. 

P  per. 

p'  (only  in  Hebr.  and  Postscript)  post. 

p  (even  joined  with  other  letters) . . .  prce  or  pre. 

pbros  (once  in  Postscript)  presbyteros. 

p' mu  (Eph.  iv.  9)  primum. 

p  (1.  20  photograph)  pro. 

qd,  qd  or  q'd,  qu'd  quid, 

quid quidem. 

q  quce. 

q^ quce  or  quam. 

qui^or  q*a  quia. 

q",  q's  or  qu's,  q",  q*  qui,  quis,  quo,  qua. 


^  E.  g.  puynas,  i  Tim.  vi.  4  ;  halitam,  ib.  16;  fiabcam,  1  Tim.  i.  3  ;  hahllavlt,  ib.  5 ;  crliaiaatores,  iii.  3. 


32 


DESCRIPTION    OF    CERTAIN    MANUSCRIPTS 


qd  or  qu°d quod. 

quo,  qm,  quom  quon'mm. 

q'  q;  q'  que. 

sclin,  sacla  (scl  gen.  1  Cor.  ii.  6)  &c.  seeculum  S^c 


scs,  sea,  scm,  see,  seorum,  seis  &ic..snnctus  S;c. 

scdm  or  secdm secundum. 

r,  or  3d  sed. 

sic  sicut. 


simil  (1  Cor.  vii.  4)  similiter. 

.sps,  spin,  spu  spiritus  &;(: 

8  sunt. 

V    vd. 

v°  (  h   1  Cor.  xi.  15) vero. 

_        o 

vr,  vestr,  vrae,  vrum,  vrs  &c vester  S^c. 

xpc  or  xps,  xpi,  xpo,  xpm Christus  S^r. 


The  liturgical  matter,  numbers  of  Ke({)akaia,  marginal  annotations,  &e.  of  the 
Codex  Boernerianus  are  totally  wanting  in  the  Codex  Augiensis,  which  contains, 
however,  a  few  marks  at  the  foot  of  the  second  pages  of  folios  95,  111,  119, 
127,  and  of  the  first  page  of  1132.  The  stops  in  F  are  the  full  point  (•)  between 
the  Greek  words,  and  a  note  of  interrogation  ?  often  employed  in  the  Latin, 
where  the  colon  also  prevails.  The  other  chief  marks  are  the  horizontal  line 
discussed  above  (p.  xxvii.),  double  or  single  points  or  commas  over  i  and  v,  a  larr/e 
comma,  and  a  kind  of  circumflex  ^  sometimes  placed  over  a  Greek  vowel  or 
diphthong  (usually  ^  or  ei),  on  no  regular  principle  that  I  can  make  out.  The 
sign  7  or  7  7,  which  perplexed  Matthaei  in  the  Codex  -Boernerianus,  is  rarely 
found  in  F,  nor  can  I  throw  any  light  upon  it.  The  titles  and  initial  lines 
of  each  epistle,  as  also  the  first  letter  of  each  Kecj^aKaiov,  are  in  rubric  and 
s^cundd  manu,  though  many  of  the  last  are  still  wanting,  letters  being  placed 
in  the  margin  (often  p.m.)  to  guide  the  rubrician,  and  a  few  are  placed  erro- 
neously, e.g.  1  Thess.  iv.  1;  13;  2  Thess.  ii.  1;  iii.  1.  No  trace  exists  in  F  of 
that  strange  announcement  with  which  G  concludes,  llpos  \aov8aKr]cras  apxeTcu 
eirtaroXT),  which  raises  our  curiosity  as  if  only  to  baulk  it.  Some  writers  have 
observed  that  F  resembles  the  Codex  Bezas  in  adopting  the  abbreviations 
Xps,  ~i^,  &c.  instead  of  the  more  usual  forms  x^j  'f»  ^c.  But,  as  I  intimated 
above,  the  latter  occur  in  this  manuscript  scarcely  less  often  than  in  the 
former:  see  1  Cor.  viii.  6  and  many  other  places.  Both  in  the  Greek  and 
Latin  texts  I  have  often  hesitated  whether  a  letter  somewhat  larger  than 
the  rest  should  be  printed  as  a  capital;  and  on  this  minute  point  my  judgment 
has  probably  been  sometimes  at  f\\ult. 

I  had  purposed  to  lay  before  the  student  a  selection  from  the  remarkable 
readin"-s  and  extraordinary  grammatical  inflexions  which  abound  in  this  Codex, 
but   in    plain    truth    they    are    innumerable,    and,   at    the    same    time,  of  such 


1  Matthffii  Cod.  Boerner.  p.  loi,  describes  a 
similar  abbreviation  in  that  MS.  as  t  for  aut :  yet 
both  in  the  Cod.  Augiensis  (e.  g.  fol.  I02,  p.  1) 
and  in  his  own  facsimile  of  the  Cod.  Boerner. 
I  Tim.  i.  3,  the  letter  is  clearly  I  for  vel. 

2  I  do  not  under.stand  pa  on  fol.  113,  or  on  fol. 


1 27  repetit.  The  numerals  ly  on  fol.  95,  tS  ou  fol. 
Ill,  te  on  fol.  119,  and  tr  on  fol.  127,  occur  at  in- 
tervals of  eight  leaves,  and  shew  that  the  MS. 
consisted  originally  of  143  leaves,  of  which  8  are 
misplaced  after  fol.  102,  and  the  first  seven  (pro- 
bably including  a  title-leaf)  lost. 


OF   THE    GREEK    TESTAMENT.  33 

a  character  that  they  will  be  sure  to  arrest  the  interest  and  reward  the  best 
attention  of  every  one  into  whose  hands  this  volume  is  likely  to  fall. 

As  the  Codex  Augiensis  exhibits  throughout  many  traces  of  erasures  and 
corrections,  the  reader  will  please,  while  using  it,  to  make  constant  reference 
to  the  Annotatioxes  Editoris  {infra,  pp.  273—284),  in  which  these  alterations 
are  carefully  recorded.  I  only  hope  my  notes  may  prove  serviceable  to  others,  in 
some  proportion  to  the  pains  and  anxiety  I  have  expended  on  them.  But  no 
one  versed  in  these  studies  is  ignorant  how  much  doubt  and  uncertainty 
often  exists,  as  to  whether  a  change  has  been  introduced  by  the  first  penman, 
or  by  some  later  hand^  I  have  arranged  these  corrections  into  three  classes, 
those  prima  manu,  those  secundd  manu,  and  those  again  recenti  manu,  accord- 
ing as  I  conceive  them  to  have  been  made  by  the  original  scribe,  by  a  second 
yet  ancient  corrector  (and  to  him  i  impute  the  great  mass  of  these  changes), 
or  by  a  recent  critic,  whose  judgment  should  have  no  weight  whatever. 
Alterations  of  the  last  kind  are  easily  detected,  but  for  the  others  I  am 
sensible  that  another  eye  will  often  decide  differently  from  mine.  I  have 
taken  no  notice  of  a  mala  seges  of  Latin  annotations  scribbled  over  the 
earlier  leaves  of  this  Codex  by  some  one  who  must  have  been  profoundly 
unconscious  of  its  value ;  from  the  similarity  of  handwriting  I  fear  the  culprit 
is  Mieg,  one  of  the  former  possessors  of  this  priceless  treasure.  Several  places 
are  also  disfigured  by  grotesque  sketches  in  ink,  such  as  often  offend  the 
reverential  student  of  Biblical  MSS.  I  am  inclined  to  think,  however,  that 
they  are  least  frequently  found  in  copies  of  the  Holy  Gospels^. 

My  transcript  of  Cod.  F  has  been  compared  with  the  original  six  times, 
before  it  was  submitted  to  the  reader.  For  the  photograph  copy  of  the  page 
containing  the  important  variation  in  1  Tim.  iii.  16,  I  am  indebted  to  the 
skill  and  Christian  kindness  of  my  friend  and  neighbour,  the  Rev.  R.  F.  B. 
Rickards,  Vicar  of  Constantine. 

II.  1.  I  proceed  to  describe  the  eight  copies  of  the  Gospels  which  have 
been  collated  for  this  volume. 

(i)  Trin.  Coll.  Cantab.  B.  x.  17.  This  manuscript  and  the  next  but  one 
belong  to  the  Library  of  Trinity  College,  and  although  they  are  not  in  the  list  of 
Bentley  MSS.,  since  they  never  passed  into  the  younger  Richard  Bentley's  posses- 
sion, are  said  in  the  general  catalogue  to  have  been  "  brought  from  Mount  Athos, 


^  "  Passim  difficile  dictu  est  utrum  emendatio 
ad  ipsum  auctorem  an  manum  ejus  sequalera,  an  ad 
correctorem  posteriorem  sit  referenda,"  is  Tisehen- 
dorf's  admission  as  regards  the  Codex  Aniiatinus 
(Proleg.  p.  xxxir.  1850). 

2  One  of  the  lea-st  repulsive  examples  of  this 


evil  habit  I  have  met  with  occurs  in  the  Bodleian 
MS.  Canonici  Graeci  no  of  the  Acts  and  Epistles, 
wherein  a  poor  priest  is  portrayed  in  a  humor- 
ous and  triumphant  attitude,  pointing  to  i  Tim.  v. 
19,  a  text  which  had  doubtless  proved  of  some  use 
to  him  when  in  difficulties. 


34  DESCRIPTION    OF    CERTAIN   MANUSCRIPTS 

purchased  by  Dr  Bentley,  and  bequeathed  by  him  to  the  College."  Unques- 
tionably they  are  both  paged  and  the  modern  chapters  noted  by  his  hand. 
My  attention  was  first  drawn  to  them  by  Mr  Field,  the  editor  of  Chrysostom's 
Homilies,  and  I  have  found  them  both  well  worthy  of  the  labour  bestowed 
upon  them.  This  copy  is  on  vellum,  quarto,  on  317  leaves  (exclusive  of  G  leaves 
of  paper  at  the  beginning)  with  20  lines  in  a  page,  written  in  a  neat  set 
style,  and  in  good  condition,  though  the  ink  has  faded  in  parts.  I  should 
assign  it  to  the  13th  century.  The  binder  has  happily  lettered  it  "  Hymni  in 
dies  festos."  The  paper  leaves  contain  Liturgical  matter  and  an  vnodfais  to 
St  Matthew  (the  other  Gospels  have  none)  in  a  good  hand,  though  somewhat 
more  recent  than  that  of  the  MS.  itself.  Here  also,  and  on  the  last  page 
of  vellum  we  have  an  illegible  scrawl  in  modern  Greek,  seemingly  about  the 
owner,   one    Sylvester.       The  vellum    MS.  contains  KfcpaXaia  majora  before  each 

Gospel,    and     (foil.     311 — 317)    the    ordinary    yvaa-is    tov    evayyeX.     tov    6\ov    eviavrov, 

including  the  Saints'  Days.  On  the  ample  margin  of  this  fine  copy  are  found 
the  numbers  of  the  Ammonian  sections  and  capitals  to  each  (but  no  Eusebian 
Canons,  or  Epistola  ad  Carpianum  or  Eusebian  tables) ;  apxr),  reXos  constantly  in 
the  text;  the  titles  of  the  KftpaXma  majora  and  beginnings  of  lessons  at  the 
top  and  foot  of  each  page :  all  these  in  bright  red. 

As  Codex  i  presents  us  with  a  pretty  fair  specimen  of  the  character  of 
such  itacisms  as  prevail  in  MSS.  of  this  date,  I  have  formed  a  list  of  them, 
stating  how  often  each  occurs.  We  meet  with  a  for  o,  109  times;  o  for  w,  105; 
et  for  J/,  81;  rj  for  ei,  78;  i  for  ei,  35;  ei  for  i,  36;  e  for  m,  41;  m  for  e,  35;  e  for  t], 
11;  ;;  for  e,  but  twice^  j?  for  (,  84  times  (with  ttio-tj]!  always);  t  for  rj,  76;  ei  for  oi, 
4;  oi  for  et,  once;  t  for  v,  5  times;  v  for  i,  4;  v  for  oi,  4;  ot  for  u,  once;  v  for  t],  14 
times;  rj  for  u,  3;  ft  for  v,  once;  v  for  a,  4  times;  oi  for  t,  7;  i  for  oi,  twice;  ot  for  rj, 
5  times;  rj  for  ot,  twice;  o  for  ot,  once;  a  for  ov,  4  times;  ov  for  «,  4  :  total  in  the 
four  Gospels  759  itacisms.  The  v  fcjjfXKva-riKov  is  read  171  times  (chiefly  with 
enrev),  but  is  SO  unequally  distributed  that  there  are  only  nine  after  Luke  viii.  29. 
No  I  ascript  is  met  with,  but  t  subscript  is  as  often  inserted  as  omitted  (28  times 
in  Matth.  i — iv.),  not  rarely  where  it  has  no  place,  e.  g.  /xfyaX??,  Matth.  vii.  27, 
Ke(t>aXr],  ibid.  xiv.  11,  and  in  15  other  passages. 

The  breathings  in  i  are  a  little  irregular,  though  much  less  so  than  in  some 
other  copies :  we  often  find  oxXos,  oXiyos,  o'i8a,  68ovTav,  ocrreav,  atVeo),  &c.  and  verbs 
whose  initial  letter  is  tj  improperly  aspirated:  on  the  other  hand,  dpna^cn,  trepos, 
eracpos,  oXos,  elaTrjKei.  &c.  The  accents  are  somewhat  inaccurate,  and  occasionally 
neglected,  especially  in  8ia  or  npos  before  articles  and  nouns  ;  yet  vei'bs  compounded 
with  prepositions  frequently  have  both  parts  of  the  compound  accented.  I  have 
noted  ten  cases  where  the  circumflex  is  thrown  upon  the  ante-penultima,  e.g. 
ofSnTf,  Matth.  XXV.  13.  Of  grammatical  and  orthographical  pecuharities  this  MS. 
has  no  great  number ;  the  following  list  is  I  beheve  pretty  complete:  oTrocrTaXfifvovs 


OF    THE    GREEK    TESTAMENT.  35 

Matth.  xxiii.  37 ;  Luc.  xiii.  34 ;  XeXaftf,  Marc.  iv.  37 ;  napeXdrjvai,  vi.  48 ;  (itiCo}  (for 

-0)1')    ix.  34;   xii.  31;    TrapedaKtjcrav,  XV.  10;    (finpoade,   Luc.  V.   19  p.m.;    fo-Kanovv,  vi.  9; 

Siaufpta-fitpoi,  xii.  52 ;  icoirpiav  (with  some  editions),  xiii,  8 ;  dvyarepav,  ibid.  16  ;  6vpa 
{acCUS.)  ibid.  25  his;  a-apti,  XV.  8;  apoTpiowra,  xvii.  7;  eKaOepiadriaav,  ibid.  14;  x'?pa 
(accus.),  xviii.  5  ;  fiaa-dot,  xxiii.  29;  yaXXiXata,  xxiii.  quinquies ;  Kpifiav,  xxiv.  20;  ttoXXos, 
Johan.  vii.  12;  bo^audrj,  xv.  8.  In  the  two  earher  Gospels  we  usually  find  payi^i, 
^apa^as.    We  mostly  read  dhe,  always  I  think  ujSpaap,  ovtms,  ijXiay,  ovx-     Other  forms 

which   frequently  occur   are   iopoKa,  diarovro,   Kariblav,  hiairavTos,  apa   (for  apa),   i^evav- 

vpav,  coaavTds,  or  av,  err'  av.  A  few  proper  names  in  T  are  followed  by  the  apo- 
strophe, e.g.  vaCapfT,  eKia-ajBeT  :  v  is  occasionally  rejected  so  as  to  generate  the 
hiatus,  e.g.  Johan.  xiii.  26,  and  6  other  places. 

Of  various  readings  Codex  i  supplies  a  large  variety,  and  is  somewhat  partial 
to  glosses:  it  will  occasionally  be  found  to  accord  with  the  received  text,  in 
passages  where  few  MSS.  support  it.  Though  not  negligently  written,  it  exhibits 
at  least  16  omissions  from  the  opoiorfXevrov.  j]pf is  and  vp.fis  are  confounded  in 
about  25  places.  A  reviser's  hand  has  been  somewhat  busy  with  this  document, 
and  a  few  corrections  are  very  late.  The  rubric  portions  are  not  quite  contem- 
porary with  the  MS,,  for  some  letters  are  erased  that  they  may  be  rewritten  in 
red  ink.  On  the  last  page  of  the  vellum,  after  the  Synaxarion,  or  table  of 
lessons,  we  read  the  following  rubro: 

TOV    CaKTvXoi?     ypU-y^aVTU,     TOV     K€KTT],a€VOU 

Tov  avayivwaKovTa   ixbt    evXajSein^ 
(puXarre    tov<s   Tpei'S    r}    Tpia-i   TpKToXjSiMS. 

I  subjoin  a  list  of  a  few  principal  readings  of  Cod.  i.  which  will  be  seen  to  be 
in  frequent  agreement  with  the  Codex  Leicestrensis,  to  be  described  hereafter, 
and  with  Codd.  cgpy  and  sometimes  1  of  my  "  Collations  of  the  Gospels,"  Matth. 
vii.  14  p.m.  {Ehev.y,  x,  36;  xiii,  10;  14  (c);  15;  17  (y);  xix,  28;  xx.  23;  xxvii.  6; 
Marc,  iv,  21;  29;  38;  v,  9;  15;  vi,  29;  vii,  4;  8;  13 ;  15 ;  20 ;  xii.  29;  xiv. 
33 ;  44  (cy);  Luc,  i,  23;  59;  iii.  23  {stops);  v,  6;  36;  vi.  7  (Elzev.);  vii.  4  (g) ;  42 ; 
viii.  50;  x.  2;  22;  36  (Ehev.);  xvii.  26;  27  (g);  xix.  8  (g);  21;  xxii.  10;  65; 
Johan.  i.  27;  v,  12;  16;  vi.  1;  xvii.  11;  13  (p);  xviii.  5  (y);  40(g);  xix.  21; 
41  (y);  XX.  26(c);  31. 

(v)^  Cantab,  Mm,  6,  9  is  a  copy  of  the  whole  Greek  Testament  except  the 
Apocalypse,  and  belongs  to  the  University  of  Cambridge ;  it  was  lent  me  for 
collation  from  the  Public  Library  through  the  kind  offices  of  the  Vice- Chancellor 
for  the  years  1856 — 8,  the  Rev,  Dr  Philpott,  Master  of  St  Catharine's  College, 


^  As  I  have  elsewhere  designated  by  v  the 
readings  of  one  of  the  Lambeth  MSS,  (ti8o)  in 
Marc.  i.  i — Iv.  i6  ;  Johan.  vii.  53 — viii,  11 ;  I  have 


in  these  places  distinguished  the  Cambridge  MS. 
by  the  notation  v. 

f2 


36  DESCRIPTION    OF   CERTAIN    MANUSCRIPTS 

It  Avas  doubtless  once  the  property  of  Dr  More,  Bisbop  of  Ely,  for  it  was  pre- 
sented to  the  University  by  George  I.  in  1715,  with  the  other  books  of  that 
prelate;  a  royal  gift  which  provoked  one  of  the  wittiest  epigrams  in  our  language. 
It  is.written  on  294  leaves  of  vellum  (foil.  233,  234,  and  235,  236  being  misplaced 
by  the  binder)  in  small  quarto  (7  inches  by  51),  each  page  containing  28  lines  in 
a  minute,  clear,  neat  and  regular  hand,  of  the  12th  or  13th  century.  This  copy  is 
numbered  by  Scholz,  440  in  the  Gospels,  111  in  the  Acts,  221  in  St  Paul,  but  he 
collated  only  six  chapters,  and  those  so  hastily,  that  out  of  101  various  readings 
they  contain,  he  has  neglected  34  and  misstated  4. 

While  engaged  on  the  Epistles  I  soon  detected  the  identity  of  this  MS.  with 
Gl  of  Griesbach,  the  unknown  English  copy  indicated  by  Hal,  whose  readings 
that  critic  transcribed  from  the  margin  of  Mill's  own  copy  of  his  Greek  Testa- 
ment preserved  in  the  Bodleian,  and  published  for  the  first  17  chapters  of  St 
Matthew  and  all  the  Epistles  in  his  Symholce  Criticce,  Tom.  i.  pp.  247 — 304. 
Whether  these  readings  had  been  collected  by  Mill  or  Hearne,  they  must  not  be 
regarded  as  a  complete  collation,  since  full  three  variations  out  of  every  four  are 
passed  by  unnoticed.  On  comparing  the  result  of  my  own  labours  with  the 
readings  exhibited  by  Griesbach,  and  consulting  the  original  MS.  wherever  we 
differed,  I  find  that  Hal.  or  61  agrees  with  Cantab.  Mm.  6.  9  in  about  a  thousand 
passages,  and  (excluding  a  few  obvious  misprints  in  the  Symboke  Criticce)  differs 
from  it  only  in  24^,  most  of  which  may  be  fairly  imputed  to  the  circuitous  route 
by  which  the  extracts  from  Hal.  have  come  round  to  us.  No  one  will  question 
that  the  two  authorities  are  identical  who  shall  weigh  the  many  strange  readings 
wherein  they  stand  quite  alone,  or  compare  them  at  Matth.  xii.  32  ;  1  Cor.  vii.  35 
(where  a  is  mistaken  by  the  collator  for  ev);  1  Tim,  i.  10.  These  instances  (to 
which  many  might  be  added)  ai'e  quite  decisive. 

The  Eusebian  canons  in  rubric  cover  the  first  nine  pages,  but  the  Epistola 
ad  Carpianum  is  wanting.  Three  pages  which  follow  and  eight  others  throughout 
the  MS.,  originally  left  blank,  are  scribbled  over  with  tables  of  Church  lessons  in 
a  recent  hand.  There  are  no  tables  of  Ke4>a\aia  majora  before  the  several  books, 
but  each  KefpaXaiov  and  its  contents  are  written  in  bright  red  at  the  head  of  their 
proper  pages.  In  the  Gospels  the  Ammonian  sections  (but  no  references  to  the 
Eusebian  Canons)  are  placed  in  the  margin  in  red,  and  throughout  the  MS.  the 
beginnings,  endings  and  initial  words  of  the  Church  lessons  are  fully  given  rubro, 
sometimes  indeed  the  initial  words  have  crept  into  the  body  of  the  text  in  black 
ink:  to  each  lesson  is  prefixed  a  rubric  capital.  There  is  no  preliminary  matter 
except  iiTTodfaeis  to  the  Catholic  and  first  eight  Pauline  Epistles;  after  the  Acts, 


'  I  subjoin  a  list  of  these  texts,  that  6i  may  no  xvii.  25  ;  Eom.  vii.  23  ;  i  Cor.  vii.  35  ;  2  Cor.  i.  6;  iii. 

longer  be  falsely  cited  for  readings  it  does  not  con-  6;  7;  Gal.  i.  21 ;  Eph.  v.  19  ;  Phil.  iv.  12  ;  1  Thess. 

tain  ;  in  each  case  the  true  reading  is  given  in  the  i.  9  ;   i  Tim.  i.  8  ;  vi.  4  ;   2  Tim.  ii.  i ;   Heb.  ii.  8  ; 

following  pages  :  Matth.  i.  4 ;  ii.  3  ;  v.  28  ;  vii.  22  ;  9  [•]  >  vi.  9  ;  vii.  2 ;  xi.  8  ;  i  Johan.  v.  20;  Jud.  v.  1. 


OF    THE   GREEK    TESTAMENT.  37 

1  and  2  Peter,  3  John  and  before  the  Romans  large  hlarik  squares  are  ruled  in 
red,  apparently  to  I'eceive  subscriptions.  The  hands  of  two  separate  correctors 
can  be  traced  both  in  the  text  and  margin;  the  one  being  the  original  scribe  or 
else  the  person  who  wrote  the  rubric  portions,  the  other  much  later:  a  few 
changes  were  made  by  the  recent  hand  which  wrote  the  ecclesiastical  tables  : 
the  modern  chapters  are  noted  and  the  leaves  numbered  b}'  a  yet  later  writer, 
whom  I  believe  to  be  Bentley.  Not  fewer  than  28  instances  of  omission  by 
ofioioTekfVTov  occur,  some  of  them  extensive ;  on  the  whole  the  accents  and 
breathings  are  accurately  represented:  only  that  there  is  a  tendency  to  throw 
them  somewhat  out  of  place.  We  find  t  suhscriptum  twice  in  Matth.  v.  39:  t 
ascriptum  Luc.  ii.  25  ;  Johan.  xii,  12  :  nowhere  else.  N  fcfxXKva-TiKov  occurs  before 
a  consonant  98  times :  but  is  wanting  before  a  vowel  30  times.  The  itacisms  are 
not  particularly  numerous ;  I  count  445  in  all,  chiefly  of  the  ordinary  character ; 
e.g.  o  interchanged  with  w,  rj  with  et  and  t,  e  with  at.  A  large  portion  of  these  is 
met  with  in  the  last  22  leaves  (comprising  2  Thess.  to  Hebrews)  the  text  of 
which  is  quite  different  from  that  of  other  parts  of  the  volume,  either  because  the 
scribe  had  grown  careless,  or  was  copying  from  a  different  exemplar.  On  these 
leaves  are  found  several  remarkable  readings,  for  which  there  exists  no  other 
authority  than  Griesbach's  61  Act.  and  Paul:  e.g.  1  Tim.  iii.  9;  16;  Hebr.  iv.  8; 
ix.  9?;  28?;  x.  3:  see  also  1  Cor.  xv.  11;  Eph.  iii.  8.  The  mixed  character 
of  its  text  attracted  Scholz's  attention,  as  he  observes  that  in  the  Gospels  it  is 
"  ex  familia  utraque  confiatum."  In  fact,  without  exhibiting  such  perpetual  and 
conspicuous  variations  as  are  found  in  the  Cod.  Leicestrensis  and  a  few  others,  it 
abounds  in  readings  either  peculiar  to  itself  or  attested  only  by  a  few  of  the  most 
ancient  documents:  this  is  especially  true  for  St  Luke's  Gospel,  the  Acts  and  the  last 
six  Pauline  Epistles.  In  Johan.  vii.  53 — viii.  11,  and  some  other  places  it  closely 
resembles  the  MS.  I  shall  presently  denote  w  :  it  often  supports  the  Cod.  Leices- 
trensis, and  eg  of  my  previous  collations.  Throughout  the  Acts  and  Epistles  it  is 
very  much  with  our  b  (Lambeth  1183)  in  passages  where  they  stand  quite  alone. 
Few  unusual  forms,  either  of  orthography  or  inflexion,  are  met  with  in  this 
document:  we  read  however  xeipa",  Matth.  xii.  10;  Biav,  Act.  xiv.  12;  eavpav,  ibid. 
v.  19  ;  yj^vxci,  2  Cor.  xi.  27.  The  reduplication  is  sometimes  lost,  Johan.  xi.  52;  Act. 
xi.  11 ;  Hebr.  ix.  6;  xi.  5 :  sometimes  the  augment,  Luc.  iii.  18;  vii.  32 ;  1  Tim.  vi.  7- 
12 ;  17 ;  2  Tim.  i.  16.  The  punctuation  often  differs  from  that  of  the  printed  books, 
but  the  scribe  has  been  too  negligent  in  this  respect  to  deserve  much  attention 
where  he  is  unsupported  (e.  g.  ;  and  •  are  frequently  put  for  each  other) :  I  have 
noted  such  peculiarities  as  seemed  of  any  importance.  This  MS.,  though  a  beauti- 
ful specimen  of  caligraphy,  contains  an  unusual  proportion  of  contractions,  some  of 
them  rather  uncommon ;  yet  all  may  be  read  with  certainty  after  a  little  practice : 
T)  and  V  almost  interchange  their  shapes.  The  colophon  merely  "consists  of  the 
words  acoaov  /Lie  kj  6  ds  fiov  •  (toxtov  [xe  ks  ruhro  on  the  last  page.     Far  in  the  margin 


38  DESCRIPTION    OF    CERTAIN    MANUSCRIPTS 

on  fol.  151,  p,  2,  we  read,  ayios  6  6s  in  a  later  hand.  Occasionally,  though  not 
often,  citations  from  Scripture  &c.  are  indicated  by  rubric  marks  in  the  margin, 
Tlie  last  few  leaves  are  dirty  and  somewhat  damaged.     Here,  as  elsewhere,  we 

meet  with  dlBpaofi,  ovtus  ITniformly,  ta-rr],  rjXias,  dpafia,  6pi(ov,  opKOS,  wpa,  ara  mostly,  but 

orav,  £o5e  more  frequently  than  dde,  St  av.  We  see  p.rj,  but  only  joined  with  ov 
or  used  interrogatively ;  sometimes  6  p(v,  6  8e,  re,  t^',  eV,  ou^'.  No  one  who  shall 
attentively  examine  the  readings  of  this  MS.  will  hesitate  to  regard  it  as  one 
of  the  most  important  of  its  date,  and  to  deem  it  well  worthy  of  the  minute 
examination  to  which  I  have  subjected  it. 

(w).  Trin.  Coll,  Cantab.  B.  x.  1G,  the  remaining  manuscript  of  Bentley's 
collection,  contains,  like  the  last,  the  whole  New  Testament,  with  the  ordinary 
exception  of  the  Apocalypse,  the  Catholic  Epistles  as  usual  following  the  Acts. 
It  is  written  on  thick  oriental  paper,  in  small  quarto,  on  363  leaves,  containing  28 
lines  on  a  page.      Its  date  is  fixed  by  a  note  at  the  end  of  St  John's  Gospel :  airr] 

r'l  /3i/3Xoy  riyovv  to  ayiov  evayyfkiov,  opoicos  km  6  airocrToXos  eypaiprjaav  ev  tw  opci  tco 
ayico     aiva,     eu6a    pavarjs     oi8ev    [si'c]     tt]V    dyiav    j3aTov    KUi     fde^uTO    top    vopov'      €ypa(f)T)aav 

Se  61/  eTT]  twkS,  8m  x"P°f  ^1^°'"  apaproAov  laKon^ov  Upopovaxov  {ccbtera  eracluntw). 
Though  written  so  late  as  a.  d.  1316  [6824  of  the  Greek  sera],  it  was  doubtless 
copied  from  one  of  those  more  antient  volumes,  wherewith  the  region  of  Mount 
Sinai  abounded,  as  it  is  rich  in  various  readings  of  high  value.  Mr  Field,  in  an 
obliging  communication,  notices  its  frequent  resemblance  to  the  Codex  Cyprius 
(K  of  the  Gospels),  on  which  Scholz,  and  more  recently  Tischendorf  and 
Tregelles,  have  bestowed  so  much  pains:  but  in  the  other  parts  of  the  N.  T. 
also,  it  will  be  found  in  company'  with  the  best  authorities,  and  with  the  Lambeth 
MSS.  acd.  The  Liturgical  matter  in  this  document  is  pretty  copious.  The  table 
of  Eusebian  canons,  the  vnodea-is  and  Kf(f)aXaia  majora  to  St  Matthew  seem  to  be 
lost,  for  the  margin  of  every  page  in  the  Gospels  contains  the  numbers  of  the  Eu- 
sebian canons,  in  their  proper  place  under  the  Ammonian  sections  :  while  the  three 
later  Gospels  have  the  larger  KicjiaXaia  prefixed  to  them  in  rubric,  and  references 
are  made  to  them  in  the  margin  throughout.  The  beginnings,  endings  and  proper 
days  for  the  Church  lessons  are  given  at  the  top  and  foot  of  each  page  in  rubric. 
This  copy  is  in  fair  condition,  being  only  a  little  torn  about  Hebr.  xi.  18;  32, 
33,  and  portions  of  the  first  six  leaves  of  the  Acts  being  restored  in  a  late  hand, 
which  I  have  indicated  by  1c;  see  especially  Acts  vii.  48 — 60.  Otherwise  the 
whole  MS.  seems  written  by  one  scribe  (in  no  very  elegant  style),  only  that  in  the 
Acts  and  Epistles  the  words  are  much  abridged,  I  suppose  because  paper  was 
running  short  {vid.  supra,  p.  xxix).  A  second  hand  has  been  busy  throughout 
the  volume ;  the  erasures  are  numerous,  and  many  curious  glosses  are  found  in 
the  margin,  together  with  some  variations  otherwise  well  vouched  for ;  so  that 
it  is  clear  the  corrector  derived  them  from  a  good  source.  The  itacisms  of  this 
MS.  are  much  fewer  than  those  of  Cod,  i,  the  instances  of  v  t^ikKvarLKov  far  more 


OP    THE    GREEK   TESTAMENT.  39 

frequent  (in  einev  almost  uniform)  in  the  Gospels,  but  much  more  rare  afterwards. 
In  the  Gospels  t  ascript  occurs  67  times  (mostly  with  the  article),  i  subscript  but 
thrice  in  the  whole  MS.  A  remarkable  feature  of  w  is  the  capricious,  or  at  least 
unusual  arrangement  of  its  breathings,  in  this  respect  much  resembling  the 
Parham  Evangelistarium  (P)  hereafter  to  be  described :  the  irregularities  of  i 
being  nothing  in  comparison.  The  penman  seems  to  aspirate  all  initial  etas  with 
verbs,  most  omicrons  and  omegas :  e.  g.  771/  (imperf.)  often,  rjXdov,  riKovaa,  i^KoXovdei : 

so  6(pda\fios,  eviavTOS,  (ov,  a'lyiaXos,  aiTea),  alria,  i]8t],  alyvmos,  o^etXw,  avpiov,  inaivos,  oktw, 
OTTicrw,   Sx^os,    ovofia,    Syjre,   oylroixai^,   &C.    but    mostly  wSe,    flcTTTjuei,    ivfKev,    olrives.      When 

a  word  begins  with  p,  he  puts  the  aspirate  over  the  first  vowel,  as  p^para :  he  reads 
a^paap,  laaaK,  TjXtas,  the  last  two  not  uniformly.  As  in  Cod.  i,  the  accents  are  not 
very  correct;  sometimes  they  are  placed  over  each  part  of  a  compound  word,  some- 
times the  preposition  and  noun  are  treated  as  one  word.  We  often  have  i8ov,  iiiav, 
ovTcas  (for  ovTU)) :  in  Matth.  ix.  3.5  v  and  /3  are  confounded  [depanf^oov) :  so  Acts  iv. 
36  sec.  man.  &c.  The  hiatus  is  not  rare,  e.g.  Matth.  xvii.  23,  and  14  other  places. 
Grammatical  peculiarities  are  not  many :  such  are  (inav,  Matth.  xvi.  14 ;  Johan. 
vii.  20;  52:  avraXayfia,  Matth.  xvi.  26;   Marc,  viii.  37  :   awKaetjufvos,  Marc.  xiv.  54: 

enpofCpTiTeviTev,  LuC.    i.  67  :    apidp-qvrai,  xii.  7  :    Tr}V   6vpa,    Johan.    Xviii.    16  :    evpoiav,    Act. 

xvii.  27  ;  avadoa-avTes,  xxiii.  33  :  ijpepa  [accus.),  xxvi.  7  :  fiTTa,  ibid.  15  ;  Hebr,  iii.  10  : 
■jravTode,  Hebr.  ix.  4  :  ai/reKareo-rjjre,  xii.  4.  The  augment  is  omitted  in  Act.  xiii.  14 ; 
XV.  14;  xxiii.  14;  1  Pet.  i.  10.  This  copy  contains  its  share  of  SpoioreXevTa,  of 
which  I  have  noted  14  examples  :  for  peculiarities  in  punctuation  see  (among 
others)  Matth.  x.  42  ;  Act.  v.  39  ;  xvi.  12 ;  Jac.  v.  3  ;  Jud.  v.  20 ;  Rom.  vi.  10 ; 
xiii.  4;  1  Cor.  v.  1;  Gal.  iii.  6;  iv.  10;  16;  Eph.  vi.  6;  19;  Phil.  i.  4;  ii.  28; 
1  Thess.  V.  25 ;  Hebr.  iii.  10.  The  celebrated  passage  Johan.  v.  4  is  marked 
with  an  obelus  in  the  margin  ruhro,  as  in  dk  among  my  "Collations,"  the  uncials 
S  A  &c.  Besides  much  foreign  matter  of  an  ordinary  character  before  the  three 
later  Gospels   (Hsts  of  Ke(pa\aia  majora,  prefaces  of  Cosmas  Indicopleustes,  rude 

iambic   verses   &;C.),   foil.    161 175    contain   eKkoyadiv    tcov    8  €vayyeXicrTO}v...6poioiS    Kai 

Tov  anoa-ToXov,  including  avva^apiov  tov  oXov  iviavrov  (fol.  166).  The  Acts  have  no 
preface,  but  on  fol.  219  is  irpoXoyos  tcov  KodoXiKcov  eTnaToXcou,  each  of  which  and  all 
the  Pauline  Epistles  have  inodeaecs  prefixed.  Fol.  333,  p.  2  to  fol.  363  consist  of 
supplementary  matter.     (1)  Lives  of  the  Apostles,  pp.  5.     (2)  Another  eKXoyaSiv 

TCOV  8'  ivayyfXi(rTcov...TeXeiovv    ev  tco    prjvoXoyico  pp.  14.       (3)    crvva^apcov    aw    6co   ap^op-evov 

ano  prfvos  creivTip^piov  pp.  7.  (4)  The  Omitted  or  lost  preliminary  matter  to  St 
Matthew,  Ke(f)aXaia  majora,  iambic  lines,  preface  of  Cosmas  &c.  (5)  On  the  same 
leaf  350,  a  Life  of  St  James,  Bishop  of  Jerusalem,  liturgical  tables,  canonical 
questions,    virodeais  ttjs  ^i^Xov  Tcav  wpa^ecov   (fol.  355),  prayers  and  miscellaneous 


1  In  Matth.  xxiii.  ■21,  2^,  we  find  opLvvei,  but  I    that  it  is  vain  to   look  for  consistency:    thus  in 
d/xocra's,  though  opoaas  had  been  given  in  v.  20,  so   |   Luc.  vi.  41,  ocpdaXpu  and  dcpdaXpu  both  occur. 


40  DESCRIPTION    OF    CERTAIN    MANUSCRIPTS 

pieces,  to  fol.  3G3,  where  the   MS.  concludes  abruptly,  being  mutilated  at  the 

end. 

In  tlie  following  passages  Cod.  w  will  often  be  found  to  agree  not  only  with  the 

Codex  Cyprius  (K),  but  with  several  of  the  best  of  the  MSS,  I  have  before  collated, 

in  their  most  singular  readings,  e.  g.  cegy  and  especially  op.    Matth.  ix.  4  (D) ;  xv. 

32  (K) ;  xviii.  35  (BDKL) ;  xxiii.  25  seinel  cum  de,  semelcum  BDh.  Elzev.;  xxvii.  34 

(BDK)  ;  Marc.  v.  10  ;  xii.  22  (c) ;  xv.  47  (ABCDo) ;  xvi.  2  (D);  19 p.  m.  (CK) ;  Luc.  i. 

2  p.  m.  (Ko);  39  (AKo) ;  65  (AKo);  ii.  42  (ABKc) ;  vii.  25  (DKp) ;  viii.  24  (Kp)  ;  x. 

16  (AKp) ;  xxiv.  43  (K) ;  Johan.  ii.  12  (Kp) ;  v.  4  (K) ;  25  (K) ;  vi.  5  ;  ix.  8  ;  xi.  12 

(Kop) ;  xii.  15  ;   xvii.  4  (ABC) ;   8  (p)  ;  xix.  17  (z) ;  xx.  16  (BDL) ;  xxi.  11  (ABCp). 

In  the  Acts  and  Epistles  it  often  resembles  acd :  unusual  readings  are  Act.  iii.  26 ; 

iv.  16 ;  22 ;  31 ;  V.  5  (ABD) ;  30 ;  36  (DE) ;  37  (E) ;  vi.  2 ;  15 ;  xii.  25  (B) ;  xiii.  16; 

xiv.  19;    xvii.  16  (ABEa) ;    34;    xviii.  6  ;    xx.  7  (ABEa) ;    8;    xxi.  2  (a) ;  xxii.  23  ; 

xxiii.  23 ;  xxv.  11  ;  13  (c)  ;  Jac.  iii.  8 ;  iv.  5 ;  1  Pet.  i.  22  ;  24 ;  ii.  24  ;  iii.  8 ;  2  Pet. 

ii.  22;   iii.  5  (h);   Jud.  vv.  12;    23;   24;   25  (ABC);   Rom.  vii.  16;    viii.  23;    27; 

ix.  31 ;  xii.  3  ;  xiii.  3  ;  xv.  29  ;  30  ;  1  Cor.  vii.  28  ;  x.  19  ;  xi.  25  ;  xiv.  35  ;  xv.  8 ; 
2  Cor.  iii.  9  (D) ;  16 ;  iv.  14 ;  v.  5 ;  21 ;  xi.  26  ;  xii.  20 ;  xiii.  13  secund.  man. ;  Gal. 
iii.  14  (DFG) ;   Eph.  ii.  11 ;  iii.  4;  iv.  32 ;  Phil.  ii.  23;  Coloss.  i.  26 ;  1  Thess.  iv.  5 

{Syriac) ;  2  Thess.  ii.  15 ;  iii.  1  (FG) ;  1  Tim.  i.  2 ;  ii.  2 ;  iii.  1 :  2  Tim.  iii.  3 ;  iv.  17 

(FG);  Tit.  i.  6;  12;  ii.  10;   Philem.  v.  6;  Hebr.  vi.  14;  ix.  14;  15  (1);  19;  25;  x. 

1;  10  (cum  Elzev.);  xi.  29;  xiii.  11;  12:    not    a   few    of  which  are   found  in  no 

other  document,  so  far  as  I  know. 

(L).  Codex  Leicestrensis.  This  famous  and  most  valuable  document  is 
the  property  of  the  Corporation  of  Leicester,  which  kindly  allowed  me  to  remove 
it  from  the  Public  Library  for  full  examination  at  my  own  house,  where  for 
several  months  I  bestowed  upon  it  the  labour  its  weight  and  interest  imperatively 
required.  It  is  one  of  the  very  few  Codices  which  contain  the  whole  New  Tes- 
tament (the  others  in  England  being  the  great  Codex  Alexandrinus,  two  "Addi- 
tional MSS.,"  11837  and  17469  in  the  British  Museum,  and  Canonici  Graeci  34  in 
the  Bodleian),  in  large  folio,  14f  inches  long  by  10  broad,  on  212  complete  leaves, 
followed  by  one  fragment,  besides  which  the  margins  of  foil.  77  ;  86,  and  the 
upper  corner  of  fol.  201,  are  cut  and  mutilated.  This  copy  is  written  on  91 
leaves  of  vellum,  and  122  of  coarse  paper,  not  "  temere  permixtis"  as  Wetstein 
states,  but  arranged  pretty  regularly  in  series  of  two  vellum  followed  by  three 
paper  leaves,  evidently  from  previous  calculation  how  far  the  more  costly  material 
would  hold  out.  The  paper  is  so  bad  that  four  of  the  leaves  would  bear  the 
writing  only  on  one  side.  There  are  38  lines  on  every  page;  the  instrument 
employed  seems  to  have  been  a  reed  rather  than  a  pen,  and  the  style  of  writing 
is  very  singular,  yet  certainly  neither  elegant  nor  remarkably  perspicuous.  The 
smooth  and  rough  breathings  are  often  very  hard  to  distinguish,  and  e  is  usually 
placed  in  a  recumbent  posture,  so  much  resembling  a  that  it  is  hot  easy  to  say  at 


1    J 

. »  i'i  x-i  ii  ■ 


H:t^^ 


■0     » 


If 


f 


I 


4 


OF    THE    GREEK    TESTAMENT,  41 

all  times  which  was  meant ^  An  eminent  mediaeval  scholar  to  whom  I  shewed  tlie 
MS.,  remarked  that  the  letters  were  formed  much  like  the  earliest  Greek  tyjie 
used  in  Italy  towards  the  end  of  the  loth  century.  No  one  who  has  inspected 
the  Codex  Leicestrensis  has  estimated  its  age  as  earlier  than  the  14th  century, 
but  in  this,  as  in  so  many  other  instances,  the  antiquity  of  the  actual  volume  has 
nothing  to  do  with  its  critical  importance.  It  commences  Matth.  xviii.  15,  a-ov  km 
avTov  fxovov :  after  Acts  x.  4:-5,  ttiotoi,  we  read  in  the  same  line,  with  ab^lutely  no 
break,  ovpavodev,  xiv.  17,  the  intervening  matter,  upwards  of  three  chapters,  being 
wholly  omitted  :  the  mutilation  on  fol.  201  has  destroyed  portions  of  2  Johan.  vv. 
1 — 5;  3  Johan.  vv.  5 — 10;  after  Jud.  v.  7,  koi  al,  one  leaf  is  lost,  containing  the 
rest  of  St  Jude,  and  perhaps  a  preface  to  the  Apocalypse.  Mill  and  Wetstcin 
state  that  the  ]\IS.  ended  Apoc,  xx.  15,  nai  irvpos,  and  give  its  various  i-eadings  up 
to  that  point,  which  I  have  copied  and  digested.  There  must  then  have  been 
214  leaves,  the  last  of  which  is  quite  gone,  but  about  one  third  of  fol.  213  is  yet 
legible,  and  its  variations  have  been  recorded  in  my  collation  :  the  last  complete 
leaf  (212)  ends  with  earprjviaa-ev,  Apoc.  xviii.  1 ;  the  fragment,  fol.  213,  terminates 

with  KOI  Tcov  a8s\(j)a)u  aov  t<ov  ex°^  ibid.  xix.  10. 

At  the  top  of  the  first  page  this  Codex  exhibits  in  a  beautiful  hand  the  words 
€ifii  Wfpfiov  XapKov,  then  in  a  later  hand  "  Thomas  Hayne."  Th.e  book  is  now  well 
bound,  and  on  the  cover  in  very  recent  gold  letters  we  read,  *'  Town  Library, 
Leicester,  the  gift  of  Mr  Thomas  Hayne,  1640,"  under  the  Town  arms.  WiUiam 
Chark  was  one  of  the  former  owners  of  the  celebrated  Codex  Montfortianus, 
and  is  supposed  to  have  lived  in  the  reign  of  Elizabeth  (see  Dobbin's  Codex 
Montfortianus,  Introduction,  p.  7);  some  of  the  later  changes  in  the  Cod.  Leices- 
trensis were  made  by  him,  chiefly  however  in  the  margin :  I  suppose  he  obtained 
the  book  from  one  of  the  dissolved  monasteries.  Wetstein,  I  believe  on  John 
Jackson's  authority,  states  that  Thomas  Hayne,  M. A.  of  Trussington  in  Leicester- 
shire, gave  the  volume  to  the  Leicester  Library  in  1660.  A  collation  of  the  MS. 
was  first  published  by  Mill;  Caesar  de  Missy  in  1748  lent  to  Wetstein  a  much 
more  accurate  one  made  by  John  Jackson  and  William  Tiffin,  which  he  used  for 
his  great  edition  of  the  Greek  Testament;  since  that  period  nothing  further  has 
been  published  on  the  subject  which  has  not  been  servilely  borrowed  from  Mill 
and  Wetstein.  Yet  nothing  can  be  more  unsatisfactory  than  their  representation 
of  this  important  document.  Not  to  mention  instances  in  which  the  various  read- 
ings exhibited  in  Cod.  Leicestrensis  are  passed  over  by  both  these  editors  (for 
they  are  innumerable),  I  have  made  out  a  list  of  more  than  300  places  in  which 
the  actual  reading  is  falsely   cited  by  Mill  alone,  by  Wetstein  alone,  and  very 


1  Thus,  for  instance,  this  MS.  is  cited  as  read-  I  Matth.  xxvi.  51 ;  where  I  must  think  a  was  meant 
ing  ix'^fivai,  Marc.  vi.  27,  by  Dobbin  and  Tregelles,  by  the  scribe :  see  also  Marc.  xiii.  9 ;  xiv.  15  ;  Liic. 
and  by  Tregelles  airiKTeivev,  ihirJ.xn.  5;  iiricriraae    \    xvii.  ^4:  .Tohan.  i.  28;  vi.  70;  xi.  56. 


42 


DESCRIPTION    OF    CERTAIN    MANUSCRIPTS 


often  by  both.  When  Matthaii  met  with  some  siieh  instances  in  another  MS.,  he 
breaks  forth  aji^ainst  these  ilhistrious  critics  in  the  exclamation,  "Quae  diligentia? 
quaj  fides?"  (Cod.  Boerner.  p.  107):  I  must  be  allowed  to  rejoin  to  him,  Eheu! 
quam  temere  in  nosmet  leyem  sancimus  iniqnam!  The  task  of  a  collator  calls  for 
vigilance  so  perpetual,  powers  of  observation  so  minute  and  unflagging,  that 
although  I  have  the  fullest  confidence  both  in  the  "  diligentia"  and  "  fides"  of 
Matthaii,  f  doubt  not  he  will  be  found  as  peccable  as  the  rest  of  us,  whenever 
his  work  shall  come  to  be  tested.  I  have  avoided  therefore,  as  much  as  possible, 
such  invidious  annotations  as  "male  Mlllius,"  ^'falso  Wetsteinivs,"  requesting  the 
reader  once  for  all  to  bear  in  mind,  that  I  have  anxiously  verified  all  passages 
wherein  I  differ  from  my  predecessors:  occasionally  however,  chiefly  when  this 
copy  agrees  with  the  received  text  against  the  testimony  of  the  editors,  1  have 
expressly  notified  the  fact. 

Unpublished  collations  of  this  MS.  are  (1)  one  by  Carte,  which  I  am  in- 
formed^ used  to  be  kept  at  Leicester  with  the  Codex,  but  has  now  disappeared  ; 
at  least  it  could  not  be  found  when  I  was  there.  If  two  leaves  of  the  MS.  have 
been  destroyed  within  a  century,  we  need  not  be  surprised  at  any  other  loss :  but 
their  treasure  is  noiv  valued  by  the  Corporation,  which  is  justly  proad  of  possess- 
ing it :  (2)  a  collation  of  Jo.  Jackson  (not  identical,  it  would  seem,  with  that 
lent  to  Wetstein)  contained  in  his  cop}'  of  Mill's  N.T.,  now  in  Jcsus  College 
Library,  Cambridge.  The  kindness  of  the  Rev.  Dr  Corrie,  the  Master  of  that 
College,  gave  me  access  to  this  collation,  which  I  compared  with  those  of  Mill 
and  Wetstein  in  that  part  of  the  Apocalypse  which,  though  extant  in  Jackson's 
time,  is  now  lost  (see  the  result  at  the  end  of  this  volume)  :  (3)  another  by 
Dr  Tregelles  for  his  N.T.,  the  fruits  of  which  are  not  yet  fully  published ;  I  did 
not  know  that  he  had  collated  the  book,  till  I  had  publickly  pledged  myself 
to  undertake  the  task:  nor  can  he  possibly  in  an  edition  of  the  N.T.  lay 
before  the  reader  all  the  characteristic  variations  of  such  a  document  as  this^: 
(4)  a  selection  of  some  thotisands  of  readings  made  by  Dr  Dobbin  when  arrang- 
ing his  edition  of  the  "  Codex  Montfortianus,"  which  that  gentleman  most  con- 
siderately put  at  my  disposal.  His  extracts  enabled  me  severely  to  test  my  own 
accuracy,  and  as  our  judgment  sometimes  differs  respecting  the  actual  reading, 
I  have  in  such  cases  set  down  his  testimony  as  well  as  my  own.  He  will  be 
pleased  to  learn  that  Dr  Barrett's  statement,  to  which  he  alludes  [Introd.  p.  23) 
without  vouching  for  it,  "  In  Apocalypsi  tarn  fideliter  [Codex  Montfortianus]  in 
textu  exprimit  Leicestrensem,  ut  vix  unquam  discrepent"  is  too  strongly  asserted : 


^  In  1845,  by  Mr  Corabe,  the  bookseller  there. 

2  I  have  now  (1858)  compared  Dr  Tregelles' 
collation  of  this  MS.  wdth  my  own,  so  far  as  he 
has  published  it  (Matth.  xviii.  15 — Mark  xvi.  ■20). 
Although  mine  is  of  necessity  much  the  fuller,   I 


most  cheerfully  bear  testimony  to  his  great  accu- 
racy. I  have  noted  a  few  places  in  which  we 
differ  as  to  what  the  scribe  intended  to  write,  and 
have  corrected  two  or  three  of  his  looser  citations 
by  simjily  inserting  (sic). 


OF    THE    GREEK    TESTAMENT.  43 

e.  g.  there  are  seven  variations  between  the  two  MSS.  in  Cap,  i,,  fourteen  in 
Cap.  vjii.i 

The  Codex  Leicestrensis  contains  the  list  of  KfcfiaXata  majora  (without  coric- 
spoiiding  numerals  in  the  margin  of  the  text)  before  the  three  later  Gospe!s,  but 
with  so  extensive  variations  that  I  have  adopted  the  unusual  course  of  presenting 
them  to  the  curious  reader  {infra,  p.  xlvi)  ;  besides  these  there  is  no  Liturgii  al 
matter  whatever,  no  divisions  into  sections,  or  Eusebian  canons,  or  notes  about 
Lessons,  except  a  marginal  mark  or  two,  as  at  Mark  vii.  6,  and  a  few  words,  which 
are  often  illegible,  scribbled  at  the  foot  of  the  first  page  of  each  leaf.  The  Pauline 
Epistles  immediately  follow  the  fourth  Gospel,  and  have  no  inodea-fis  except  the 
HpoAoyoy  to  the  Hebrews,  77  Se  npos  ilBpaiovs  K.T.X.  (Kuster's  Mill,  p.  519,  col.  2,  vid. 
infra,  p.  xlvii).  Between  the  Hebrews  and  Acts  of  the  Apostles  are  five  pages 
of  foreign  matter.  (1)  An  exposition  of  the  Creed  and  statement  of  the  errors 
condemned  by  the  seven  general  Councils,  ending  with,  the  second  of  Nice : 
(2  '  the  ordinary  Lives  of  the  Apostles,  followed  by  an  exact  description  of  the 
limits  of  the  Five  Patriarchates.  The  opening  chapters  of  the  Acts  have  rubric 
capitals  and  breaks  of  line  at  the  beginning  of  each  KecpaXaiov,  but  these  disappear 
after  Cap.  vi.  and  there  is  nothing  like  them  elsewhere.  The  remarkable 
titles  of  the  Gospels  attracted  Mill's  notice  (Proleg.  67);  those  of  the  other 
books  are  short  and  simple.  As  I  never  saw  the  Cod.  Montfortianus,  I  cannot 
confirm  Dr  Dobbin's  opinion,  "  The  titles  to  the  sacred  books,  in  pale  red  ink, 
are  by  the  same  person  who  added  those  of  the  Codex  Montfortii,  none  of  these 
portions  of  either  MS.  being  by  the  transcribers  of  the  text"  (Jntrod.  p.  24). 
Such  a  notion  would  not  have  occurred  to  me  on  viewing  the  Cod.  Leicestrensis 
only;  but  I  distrust  myself  on  a  point  like  this. 

We  cannot  praise  the  care  of  the  scribe  in  copying  this  MS.  Many  words 
occur  which  are  only  begun,  broken  off  perhaps  after  the  first  syllable,  and 
I  have  counted  the  large  number  of  74  omissions  from  ofioiorekevTov  and  the  like 
causes.  Yet  the  accents  are  represented  with  much  accuracy,  and  the  breathings 
(if  indistinct  at  times)  are  regular;  we  have  i^paan,  coSe,  ovrm  often;  yet  some- 
times atpo),  axjpiov  and  opapa  ouce :  the  acute  accent  is  much  used  where  the 
grave  is  commonly  written  by  others.  The  vowels  i  and  v  have  mostly  a  single 
dot  over  them ;  other  peculiarities  of  this  Codex  are  tc  sometimes,  lovba^,  biarovro, 

dirdpTi,  anapx^s,  KaTi8iav  (^fere),  i^evcovvpav,  apa^wv,  /xeXXft  (p?'0  peXei :  SO  epeXXfv 
Acts     Xviii.      17),      cf)iXi^      semper,      ovdev,      prjdev,      rjvboKrjcra,      avSpooTronapeaKOi,      KfVTTjpicou 

(Mark  xv.  ter),  yiyvopai  in  the  Acts,  eyKOKetp  Qjro  (KKUKeiv),  noieiv  {pro  ttkip).  The 
u  €(pe\Kva-TiKov  is  much  used  with  emfu  and  ea-np,  and  in  cases  where  emphasis  is 


^    So  that  we  can   hardly  resort  to  the  Cod.   1    Cod.  Leicestrensis  in  those  parts  of  the  Apocalypse 
Montfort.,    as  Tregelles  suggests  (Home's  Intro-       which  are  defective  in  the  latter  MS. 


duction,  Vol.  11.  p.  2i6>,  for  the  readings  of  the 


a  2 


44  DESCRIPTION    OF    CERTAIN    MANUSCRIPTS 

meant  or  where  there  is  a  pause  in  tlie  sense.  Yet  in  Johan.  ix.  30  and 
IG  other  places  an  hiatus  arises  from  the  absence  of  v.  Respecting  i  ascript 
1  cannot  speak  decidedly :  in  seven  places  I  have  noted  what  may  be  t,  but  is 
more  probably  a  rude  stop  (e.  g.  Acts  v.  25) ;  i  subscript  is  clearly  read  in  six 
places  (e.g.  Matth.  xxvii.  28),  two  of  them  being  with  verbs  (Rom.  ii.  3);  else- 
where it  is  not  found.  This  copy  is  remarkable  for  always  writing  irja-ovs  at  full 
length  up  to  Joban.  xxi.  15,  where  we  meet  with  n,  and  in  41  other  places 
19  of  which  are  in  the  Acts:  thus  too  UpovcruXr^ix  is  usually  unabridged.  Of 
itacisms  I  count  1129  throughout  the  Codex,  viz.  o  pro  w,  190;  «  pro  o,  126; 
T)  pro  (I,  93;  ei  pro  rj,  104;  i  jjro  ei,  77;  et  pro  i,  02;  rj  pro  t,  87;  t  pro  t],  40; 
f  pro  ai,  73;  at  pro  e,  72;  c  pro  r],  24;  t]  pro  e,  20;  v  pro  t)  (rare  elsewhere),  27; 
t)  pro  V,  28;  ov  pro  a,  13;  «  pro  ov,  16;  oi  pro  t,  3;  i  pro  ot,  3;  ov  pro  rj.  Act. 
vii.  59;  tj  pro  fv,  Luc.  xii.  10;  i;  pro  i,  15;  i  pro  v,  14;  w  j^^'o  i]  6;  pro  e,  1;  pro  oi,  4; 
pro  fi,  3;  01  pro  v,  4;  pro  >?,  9;  o  pro  ov,  3;  t)  pro  oi,  3;  a  pro  rj,  Apoc.  xiii.  17  : 
which  hst  may  be  compared  with  the  analysis  of  Cod.  i,  sxipra,  p.  xxxiv.  We 
have  also  6  for  t.  Marc.  x.  40;  Luc,  xi.  7.  The  following  are  the  unusual 
grammatical  forms :  rfKdare  Matth.  xxv.  36;  emav  ibid.  xxvi.  35;  Luc.  xx.  2;  f^rjXdaTe 
Matth.   xxvi.  55;  Marc.  xiv.  48;  Luc.  vii.  24;  25;  26;  xxii.   52;  fiarjXdarf   ibid. 

xi.  52;  aveneaav  Johan.  vi.  10;  eireTteaav  Rom.  XV.  3;  eirecrav  1  Cor.  X.  8;  cireaa 
Act.    xxii.    7;    f^eCkaro  Act.    vii.   10;    firaOaTe    Gal.    iii.    4;    napayevafievos   Luc.    xiv.  21; 

Hebr.  ix.  11;  evpafifvos  Hebr.  ix.  12;  yemneprjs  Act.  ii.  6.  So  accusatives  in  -ap 
for  -a,  vvKTav  Luc,  ii.  37;  dvyarepav  xiii.  16;  x^/Ja"  Johan.  vii.  30;  a-uKpav  Eph.  vi.  12; 
dvareipau  Apoc.  i.  11;  (c/l  ii.  18,  24).  The  gender  is  sometimes  altered:  thus 
Xcfios  fern.  Luc.  iv.  25;  ocfipvs  masc.  ibid.  29;  voo-os  masc.  ibid.  40.  Verbs  in  aa  or 
0(0  are  formed  as  those  in  -ew,  (nrjpcorow  Luc.  iii.  10;  xx.  27;  fTreTipow  xviii.  15; 
fTo\(iovv  XX.  40;  TjpcoTovv  Johau.  iv.  31;  fp.^ptpovpevos  xi.  38;  Kivei  Marc.  vii.  20;  23; 
crapti  Luc.  XV.  8;  fxaariyei  Hebr.  xii.  6;  and  the  contrary,  ayavaKTavrfs  Marc.  xiv.  4. 
Irregularities    in  verbs  in   -pi  are  a^iouo-i   Marc.  iv.   36;  ndav  x.   16;  wepiTiSova-iv 

XV.  17;    (TvviTidovTO  Johan.  ix.  22;    eniTide  1   Tim.  v.  22;    emndeivai  Act.  XV.   10;    ano8co- 

a-Tji  Luc.  xii.  59;  8i8oa(rii>  Apoc.  xvii.  13.  I  note  also  ptya  masc.  Matth.  xxvii.  60; 
p.eyav  tieut.  Luc.  xiv.  16;  peyaXr)  accus.  Act.  ii.  .20;  exaprjv  3rd  pers.  Johan.  viii.  56; 

fjKia-tv  Marc.  viii.  3;    eKKexap-qruiaav  Luc.  Xxi.  21;    fKaOtpLo-e    Act.   X.  15;    KaraaKevaa-pfVov 

Luc.  i.  17;  Hebr.  ix.  6;  a-vyyevevai  Marc.  vi.  4;  Luc.  ii.  44  (v);  Bpayxpas  xv.  8; 
epirpoa-de  Johan.  i.  30.     In  the  Apocalypse  we  always  read  i8ov  except  in  xvii.  3; 

f(f)L8ev  Luc.  i.  25.  I  add  avjjyye'Kav  Act.  xiv.  27  ;  irapnyyiKfiv  Act.  XV,  5  {sic  V.  27  ; 
xvi.   17;   21);    cnrayyiKkw  fllt.  Hebr.  ii.  12;    avr^yyeWr]   1  Pet,  i.  12;    e^ex^drjv  Tit.  iii.  6; 

aveTrikrjpTTTov  1  Tim.  ill.  2.  The  augment  is  omitted  Luc,  x.  34  and  22  other 
passages;  but  we  have  a  double  augment  in  rjTTTjvTrjaav  Johan.  iv,  51;  avTeKarea-TrjTe 
Hebr.  xii,  4, 

The  wide  variations  of  this  document  from  the  received  editions  are  well 
known,  and  it  is  a  favouiite  authority  with  those  who  wish  to  base  the  sacred 


OF    THE   GREEK    TESTAMENT.  45 

text  upon  Avhat  Scholtz  •nould  have  us  call  the  Alexandrine  family  of  MSS.  Mill 
(who  did  not  particularly  value  it)  first  observed  its  striking  affinity  with  the 
Codex  Bezae;  perhaps  the  result  of  my  collation  is  to  diminish  that  resemblance, 
though  not  materially.  Wetstein  compares  it  with  Paris  6  (13),  Hensler  with 
Havn.  3  (44  Evst.)  of  the  Gospels:  add  too  the  uncial  U,  and  note  how  much 
it  coincides  with  the  great  cursive  1  (e.  g.  in  the  space  of  a  few  verses.  Marc, 
xiii.  14;  19;  20;  32;  34;  xiv,  1,  &c.).  In  the  Acts  and  Epistles  it  aj)proaches 
much  nearer  to  the  received  text :  in  parts  quite  as  much  as  our  Cod.  k  for 
examjile,  which  (as  well  as  ad)  it  is  much  like.  Though  totally  destitute  of 
Liturgical  matter,  many  of  its  various  readings  may  easily  be  seen  to  have 
arisen  from  EvangeHstaria  and  Lectionaries :  the  particles  of  time  are  often 
omitted  in  L  when  they  are  necessarily  wanting  in  such  books,  iiiitio  pericopce, 
and  clauses  are  perpetually  inserted  from  the  same  somce.  I  cite  a  very  few  in- 
stances out  of  many  :  Marc.  iv.  10;  v.  1;  Johan.  xii.  1;  xiii.  3  ;  xvii.  1;  xviii.  28;  xx. 
11;  19;  xxi.  1;  Act.  xxviii.  1;  1  Tim.  ii.  1;  2  Tim.  iii.  10;  iv.  5.  This  copy  has 
always  been  noted  for  two  capital  innovations  ;  the  pericope  adulterae  (Joh.vii.  53 — 
viii.  11)  is  wholly  wanting  in  its  proper  place,  but  is  found  after  Luc.  xxi.;  that 
position  being  suggested  I  suppose  by  comparing  to  opos  to  Ka\ovfifvoi>  fXaimv  Luc. 
xxi.  37  with  Johan.  viii.  1 ;  and  (opdpiCe  Luc.  xxi.  38  with  opdpov  Johan.  viii.  2.  The 
other  transfer  is  that  of  Luc.  xxii.  43,  44  (which  verses  too  are  wanting  in  their 
place)  to  Matth.  xxvi.  where  they  follow  v.  39,  as  if  they  belonged  to  St  Mat- 
thew's narrative.  This  arrangement  also  is  derived  from  EvangeHstaria,  in  several 
of  which  it  is  still  read  (e.  g.  our  Pz  sem.);  just  as  in  P  (to  be  described  below) 
Johan.  xix.  31 — 37  is  put  after  Matth.  xxvii.  54,  after  which  v.  55  follows,  as  if 
nothing  foreign  had  been  inserted. 

Many  of  the  changes  met  with  in  this  MS.  arise  from  inversion  of  order,  the 
substitution  of  simple  for  compound  words,  and  vice  versa.  The  accusative  is 
often  found  for  the  dative;  Marc.  vi.  36;  ix.  7;  Luc.  vi.  28;  viii.  32;  xiv.  29; 
xvii.  7;  xviii.  5;  43;  xxiii.  36;  40;  1  Tim.  i.  18:  and  the  contrary,  Matth.  xxv. 
42;  43;  Marc.  i.  43;  x.  49;  xii.  43;  xiv.  7;  Luc.  v.  14;  vi.  29;  x.  35;  xix.  44 
sec.  man. ;  xxii.  47 ;  xxiii.  11 ;  39;  Act.  x.  8.  Thus  dative  for  genitive,  Marc.  iii.  10 ; 
XV.  3;  Johan.  i.  37,  and  accusative  for  genitive,  Luc.  xxii.  47;  Act.  xviii]  26.  In  the 
celebrated  passage  1  Tim.  iii.  16  this  MS.  has  6  ds,  seemingly  a  mixture  of  the 
common  reading  and  that  of  the  Cod.  Claromontanus  (D).  In  about  50  instances 
the  Codex  Leicestrensis  supports  the  Elzevir  text  against  the  general  mass  of 
copies:  see  particularly  Matth.  xxiii.  13,  14;  21;  25;  Marc.  iii.  32;  vi.  33;  52; 
xii.  33;  Luc.  v.  8;  vi.  7;  9;  xxiv.  18;  Johan.  iii.  25;  iv.  5. 

A  corrector's  hand  has  been  busy  throughout  this  copy,  whom  Dr  Dobbin 
considers  to  have  been  the  original  scribe;  I  have  deemed  the  changes  to  be 
secundd  manu,  but  nearly  as  old  as  the  first.  There  are  catch  words  at  the  foot 
of  many  pages.     The  familiar  form  u  for  /3  occurs  Luc.  ix.  3;  xviii.  30  (where 


46  DESCRIPTION    OF    CERTAIN   MANUSCRIPTS 

Mill  is  strangely  perplexed)  ;  Johan.  i.  39.  The  stop  ;  is  rarely  found.  The  Latin 
chapters  and  many  various  readings  (e.g.  Johan.  xv.  10;  xvii.  5;  9;  xviii.  16; 
20;  xix.  39)  are  noted  by  a  recent  hand  (seemingly  Chark's),  and  there  are  two 
or   three  very  modern  marginal  notes,  which  miglit  easily  be  dispensed  with. 

Suhjicitur  collatio  KecpaXaicov  mnjorum  in  Coclice  Leicestrenai  cum  Kusferi 
editione  Novi  Testamenti  Milliani  (1723) :  {hiat  S.  Matthcei  Euangdium 
usque  ad  Cap.  xviii,  v.  15). 

S.  Marci  :  ck  tov  Kara  jmapKou  ayiou  evayyeXiou  tu  Ke<paXaia.  g" .  —tou 
prim.  0' .  ire  pi  tj??  7rapa(3o\r]<;  tou  airopou.  la  .  -nepL  tou  e^^ocTos  tov  Xeyeojua. 
tj3'.  apy/rjcrui'ayojyoij.  ly'.  aiiuopoouarj^.  ig"  .  —Kai  toov  ouo  lyQuiov.  S.  (poi- 
vimarfi.  k.  fioyyiXaXou.  k3'.  fxaKupia  {pro  Kuicrapeui).  k€  .  —tov  irjaou. 
Kg-'.  aeXli'ia^oixevou.  k^'.  nei^ou.  Krj\  k9'.  Desunt  omnia  ah  twv  kt]  usque  ad 
TTfpi  TOU,  k9'  {€7repcoTr]aavT09  auTov  TrXovaiou).  Xa  .  —tou.  Xe  .  ypaixfxaT€WV 
(pro  TrpecrfiuTepwi').  Xg-'.  fin.  -irTrapafioXr)^.  X^'.  eKKaOeTwv  {pro  eirepwTrj- 
aavTwv  TOV  kv).  kuvuov.  Xt/.  tjaoounauov.  X9  .  tu)»'  ypafx/xaTcwv.  fia  . 
-jBaXoucrm.  fJ^f^'-  +T>ys  {a7lte  auvTeXeia^).  fx^'.  fxvpou.  /xg-'.  TrpofpriTeia?. 
M^'-  +rr]?  {ante  apvrjaew^). 

• 

♦S*.   Lucce :   ck  tou  kutu  XouKay  ayiou  euayyeXiou  tu  KefpaXaia.      y  .  —  tou. 

e'.  +Toi^  {ante  iwawtjv).  ^'.  crpo-  {pro  -^u).  9'.  -tou.  i.  ttoikiXov  vocrov. 
ig"'.  hiuTayr]^.  kS'.  irepi  tov  e-)(^ovTo^  tov  Xeyewva.  /ce .  apyrjauvayioyou. 
k9'.  Tivif  /ixa9t]fiaTwi'  {pro  tou  kv)-  X^'.  ava^t^ay^9evT(vv  {-e(^co,uriK0UTa). 
fx'.  €V  T(x)  o)(X<i).  ipcoi'rj's.  fxa.  arjixeicov.  ju(3'.  irjaouv  {pro  kp).  fxg"  •  ov  ( 
Mill:).  ecpwpiaev.  v.  ei  {pro  o'l).  va .  tov  enrovTos  tov  iijctov.  rip 
vy  .  TrpioTonXrjcria^.  vS'.  ev  tw  denrvu).  ve  .  Trepi  TrapafioXijq  oiKoooixr]^  Trvpyou. 
rg-' .  nepi  7rapa(ioXr]K  €KaTOv  7rpol3aTa)v.  i'9'.  -tov  bis.  ^/3'.  -tou  secund. 
^y.  tov  ir}(xovv  irXouCLOV.  ^g"'-  —€avT(t).  ^^'.  tou  XafiovTa.  ^r/ .  ttuXou. 
f9'.  }jpMTr}cravT(vv.  o'l  apyiepei^  /cat  o\  irpecrpuTepoi.  oa  .  Deest.  op .  aaoou- 
Kuiwv  :  deinde  post  spatium  Trepi  Trj^  tou  kv  eTrepwTijaews.  oy  ■  -tov.  -eaTw. 
fin.  6  j^t  {sic).  o^'.  -j3a\ovar]<;.  oe.  —Tr}<s.  -epwTrjai'i.  oy\ .  e^cTaaew^. 
—  Kat  apvt^aews  ireTpov.  o9' .  '£^ov9ev(i)ais  i^pwoov  {  —  Trepi).  irp  .  Trepi  aiTrjaeu)^ 
TOU  KvpiuKov  awfxuTo^.      iry  .  —tov. 

S.  Johnnnis  :  e/c  tou  kutu  iwavurjv  evayyeXiov  Ta  Ke(paXaia.  y.  —kui 
irjcrov.  ^'.  ^ijTrjai?  irepi  Ka9apaov  {Ka9apianovJj**).  e'.  dfxapTidos  {pro 
aafxapeiTi^oi).      g"'.   KaOapia/uov  kui  {pro  v\ov),       ^'.    eTiov.     fin.  +avTov.       rj'. 


TOV 
(VOOV. 


OF    THE    GREEK   TESTAMENT.  47 

—  Kai   TMv  cvo  i-^Bvwv.        t.    —CK  yeverm'        la-    —rtjg  eyepaeio^.        t/3'.   fxupov. 
ly  .  toovcas-      lo  .  too  {pro  t/^s).      le  .   —kui  epwTitivTwv  rov  (biXiirirov. 

Desunt  omn'mo  iyi  L  literce  numerales  Evangeliorum  KecpaXaio^  prceponi 
solitce:  nee  leginitur  K€(pa\aia  in  reliquis  S.  Foederis  libris. 

Collatio  viTo9e(T6w<;  in  Hehrceos  apud  Cod.  Leicestrensem  cum  Millii  N.  T. 
editions  Kusteriand,  p.  519,  col.  2, 

Y\poKoyn<s  }]tovv  v(prjyt]ai9  t>/§  tt^cos  ejSpaiou^  eiria-ToXrj^.  Init.  'H  ^e  ttoo?. 
Toi?  aWai<s  {pro  aWats  tok).  tw  Xeyeiv.  —tov  {ante  XaXeiaOai).  vtto  ruu  ku 
Cta  {Hebr.  II.  3).  Tepaaiv.  —ovv.  rjXa-^Oai.  XeXcKTai.  6  o'l.  avrov  {pro 
TovTov).  —Kai  {ante  acol^ei).  ov-)^  lovcaiwu.  eocoK€i>.  XotTrots  {pro  toi^  ante 
arroaT.).  ypacpeiu  {pro  Trpoypatpeiv).  /uaprvpei.  ei'  rots  cea/nois  {Hebr.  X. 
31).  Tre ptaaoT€pa)<;  eu-^eaOai.  Deest  Kai  ck  tov  Xeyeiv  ywuxTKeTc  usque  ad 
eTrayyeXXerai.      eivai  {pro  rvy^aveiv).      Stoa^ei. 

The  next  four  copies  on  my  list  are  Evangelistaria,  two  of  them  (P  and  PJ 
belonging  to  the  princely  collection  of  Manuscripts  at  Parham  Park,  Sussex, 
brought  from  the  East  by  the  Hon.  Robert  Curzon,  jun.  They  are  best  known 
to  the  general  reader  by  the  notices  of  them  scattered  throughout  that  gentle- 
man's lively  and  most  interesting  "  Visits  to  Monasteries  in  the  Levant,"  A  more 
formal  yet  succinct  account  of  them  will  be  found  in  his  "  Catalogue  of  materials 
for  writing,  early  writings  on  tablets  and  stones,  rolled  and  other  MSS.  and 
Oriental  MSS.  books  in  the  Library  of  Robert  Curzon  at  Parham,"  fol.  1849  : 
a  scarce  work,  of  which  a  copy  is  in  the  British  Museum.  For  the  privilege  of 
collating  these  Evangelistaria  (both  of  them  in  uncial  letters)  and  two  copies 
of  the  Apocalypse  to  be  described  in  their  place,  I  am  indebted  to  Mr  Curzon's 
kindness  and  liberality,  for  which  I  am  bound  to  tender  him  my  earnest  thanks. 
Twelve  other  manuscripts  of  the  Greek  Testament  remain  unexamined  at 
Parham,  several  of  which  (especially  a  very  early  copy  of  the  Gospel  in  cursive 
characters,  and  a  splendid  Evangelistarium  which  belonged  to  the  Emperor 
Alexius  Comnenus)  are  of  considerable  critical  value.  Before  Ave  describe  the 
Parham  books  we  will  first  speak  of 

(H)  Harleian,  5o98.  in  the  British  Museum,  being  Scholz's  Evangelistarium, 
150.  Its  splendour  has  been  admired  by  many;  facsimiles  of  its  penmanship  have 
been  published  by  Woide  in  his  edition  of  the  Cod.  Alcxandrinus  (Prajf.  p.  xv.), 
by  Home  in  his  Introduction,  and  by  Scott  Porter  in  his  "  Principles  of  Textual 
Criticism"  (Belfast,  18-18);  in  the  Catalogue  of  the  Harleian  MSS.,  published  as 
far  back  as  1808,  it  l^ad  been  most  justly  described  as  "  collatione  diguissimum," 


48 


DESCRIPTION    OF    CERTAIN    MANUSCRIPTS 


yet  up  to  this  time  its  readings  have  not  been  available  to  the  critic.  This  copy 
consists  of  748  pages  on  vellum  in  large  folio,  and  usually  contains  21  lines  in 
each  of  the  two  columns  on  a  page,  the  characters  being  bold  yet  elegant  uncial 
letters,  while  fortunately  the  date  is  iixed  by  a  colophon  on  p.  748,  in  the  hand 

V  V      r)  —  _ 

of  the    original  scribe  :    eypacpr]   8ia   x^'^P'^^   KUiva-ravriv  Trp(or^vT€p,  fj.   fxaico    k(,  ii'b.  rj,    fzovs 

7^:  i.e.  in  the  year  of  the  Greek  aern,  Ga03,  or  a.  d.  995.  I  believe  that  but 
two  older  dated  MSS.  of  the  Greek  Testament  are  extant,  nor  can  I  account  on 
any  reasonable  principle,  for  the  neglect  this  volume  has  met  with.  It  is  at 
least  as  early  as  several  of  the  uncial  copies  of  the  Gospels  in  their  proper 
order;  and  when  allowance  is  made  lor  the  necessary  liturgical  changes  at  the 
beginnings  of  the  Church  lessons  (an  allowance  which  the  veriest  tiro  in  these 
studies  could  make  with  ease)  I  can  not  even  conjecture  why  an  EvangeUstarium 
should  be  thought  of  less  value  than  another  MS.  of  the  same  age^ 

This  is  one  of  the  Jive  copies  of  the  Greek  Testament  (the  others  are  Har- 
leian  5537,  5557,  5620,  5778:  I  have  used  two  of  them  in  the  Apocalypse) 
brought  from  the  East  in  1077  by  Dr  John  Covell,  for  seven  years  Chaplain  to 
the  British  Embassy  at  Constantinople;  then  Chaplain  to  the  Princess  Mary  at 
the  Hague,  from  which  office  he  was  summarily  dismissed  by  her  churlish  hus- 
band; and  from  1688  till  his  death  in  1722  (aet.  85)  Master  of  Christ's  College, 
Cambridge.  He  seems  to  have  been  an  unpopular,  perhaps  an  unamiable  person, 
but  his  services  rendered  to  Biblical  criticism  entitle  his  memory  to  respect. 
This  MS.  was  paged  and  the  lessons  diligently  noted  in  the  margin  by  his  hand : 
between  pp.  726  and  727  are  bound  up  ten  paper  leaves,  comprising  useful 
indices  of  the  Church  lessons  contained  in  the  book,  and  certain  notes,  chiefly 
on  the  various  readings  he  had  observed  in  a  cursory  perusal,  a  few  of  them 
referring  to  the  Epistles,  and  therefore  extracted  from  some  of  his  other  MSS.^ 

This  magnificent  codex  contains  all  the  Church  lessons  daily  throughout  the 
year,  the  services  of  the  Holy  Week,  the  proper  lessons  for  the  Great  Feasts 
and   Saint  days,   followed  by   the   Gospels    set    apart   for    special   occasions,   fis 

eyKaivia   vaov,    fis  yvvaiKOi,    fi?   KoiyL-qdevTas,    fts   avojx^piav,    and    SUch   like.       There    is    an 


>  It  is  pleasant  to  be  able  to  confirm  one's  own 
judgment,  however  decided,  by  such  authority  as 
Tischendorf' s.  I  believe  he  has  individually  done 
nothing  in  this  field  of  labour,  yet  he  does  not 
shrink  from  confessing  "  Evangelistariorum  co- 
dices Uteris  uncialibus  script],  nondum  sic  ut  decet, 
in  usum  criticum  conversi  sunt."  {ProJeg.  N.  T. 
Prcefat.  p.  Ixviii.  ed.  1849.) 

2  This  year  (1858)  I  find  the  MS.  newly  bound 
and  Dr  Covell's  papers  placed  at  the  end  of  the 
volume.  On  the  initial  fly-leaf  is  written  in  pencil, 
"  Sc'lavonice,  vid.  5684,  5787,  Rev.  Mr.  Woide 
and  H.  G."     Below  this  are  two  old  scraps  pasted 


on  the  leaf,  in  different  hands.  The  one  runs, 
"Observandum  est  in  hisce  Pericopis,  multa  ex 
uno  Evangelio  in  lectionem  sumptam  et  alio  trans- 
ferri,  ad  illustrandam  et  augendam  Historiam. 
Inde  in  ipsis  Evangeliis  oritur  mira  aliquando 
varietas  lectionis,  eorum  quas  in  ipsum  textum 
irrepserunt."  The  other,  which  seems  somewhat 
more  recent,  runs,  ' '  Manuscriptum  to  trapov  vide- 

Slavonicis 
tur  seculi  novi :  literse  autem  cum  Russicis  prorsus 
conveniunt."     The   writer  had  not  observed  that 
the  MS.  is  dated. 


OF    THE   GREEK    TESTAMENT.  49 

apparent  hiatus  after  p.  G39,  which  ends  abruptly  with  ra  a-cofiaTa  ev  Johan.  xix. 
31,  but  the  missing  verses  are  taken  up  a  few  pages  later,  so  that  nothing 
is  lost.  There  is  a  slight  illumination  on  the  first  page  (on  which  all  the  letters 
are  gilded)  and  elsewhere  throughout  the  volume  at  the  commencements  of  its 
several  parts;  each  lesson  also  begins  with  a  large  flourished  capital,  gaudily 
colored :  in  other  respects  the  book  is  destitute  of  ornament,  which  indeed  it 
can  well  spare,  when  we  consider  its  intrinsic  value. 

The  text  of  Harl.  5598  is  much  more  widely  removed  from  the  textus 
receptus  than  either  the  Arundel  (X)  or  Parham  (P)  Evangelistaria,  though  it 
is  of  a  somewhat  later  date.  It  approximates  rather  closely  to  that  of  the 
cursive  Lectionary  I  shall  hereafter  describe  as  Zj  though  in  parts  they  are  not 
at  all  alike.  The  Pericope  Adulterce  is  not  found  in  this  MS.,  for  it  is  not  only 
absent  here,  as  in  all  other  Service  Books  I  know,  from  the  Greek  lesson  for  the 
Pentecost  (Johan.  vii,  37 — ^viii.  12),  but  it  is  not  read  among  the  Saints'  Day 
lessons,  as  in  P  and  z.  Many  documents  contain  more  instances  of  itacism  than 
Codex  H :  I  have  counted  528  in  the  whole  MS.,  quite  of  the  ordinary  character. 
The  breathings,  however,  have  given  me  great  trouble,  as  they  are  very  irregular, 
and  in  a  copy  of  such  importance  I  thought  it  right  to  represent  them  all. 
We  read  ov,  ovk,  ovSeis,  pretty  constantly;  al,  ol  (the  articles),  dyios,  dpTiaCco,  dXieis,  fcos, 

eh   gen.  epos,  eKaaros,    eoprr),  erepos,  eTotjjios,  ovk,  coSe,  and  On  the  contrary,  oXiyos,  Sniaa, 

o^os,  &c.  Once  we  have  the  form  avrav  (Matth.  xxiii.  30)  so  rare  in  MSS.  of  the 
Greek  Testament.  The  accents  are  so  ill  placed  that  to  note  their  peculiarities 
would  be  to  transcribe  the  whole  volume.  We  meet  with  no  t  subscript,  or  ascript., 
and  V  e(Pe\KvaTtKov,  at  least  prima  manu,  not  frequently  (yet  enrev  always),  but 
a  later  hand  has  taken  the  trouble  to  insert  it  often  where  it  was  originally 
absent :  yet  above  nine  instances  remain  where  it  is  wanting  before  a  vowel. 
Two  correctors  have  been  employed  on  this  book ;  one  quite  recent  and  so  of 
little  weight,  the  other  (who  writes  a  few  marginal  notes^  in  a  small  uncial  hand) 
nearly  as  early  as  the  scribe  Constantino  himself,  though  I  do  not  agree  with 
Dr  Covell  that  the  colophon  containing  the  date  is  by  this  second  hand 2.  Not 
more  than  six  ei-rors  by  SfioLOTeXevrov  occur  in  this  MS.  and  x^i-pav  Matth.  xii.  10, 
avTokaypa  Marc.  viii.  37,  and  va^aped  semper,  are  the  only  Alexandrian  forms 
I  notice.  Yet  there  are  frequent  interchanges  of  the  cases  after  verbs  :  e.  g.  dative 
for  accusative.  Marc.  vi.  48;  xiv.  7;  Luc.  ix.  2  ;  18  ;  xi.  46;  Johan.  xviii,  7: 
accusative  for   dative,  Matth.  xxvii.  44;  Marc.  iv.  2;  v.  13;  vi.  37;  xv.  23;  Luc. 


^  Wherever  this  early  uncial  hand  is  used,  I 
have  stated  that  the  correction  is  antiqud  manu. 
I  have  noted  twenty-three  such  cases. 

^  Such  I  suppose  is  Covell's  meaning  when  he 
wi-ites  (Harl.  5598,  p.  748),  "vid.  p.  403,  ubi  in 
margine  scribuntur  hujusmodi  charactcres  [sc.  Kai 


fiera  rpeis  7],aepas  avaaTTjvai,  Marc.  viii.  31],  unde 
manifesto  collig|o  j)e?/ec|tum  esse  hoc  anno"  (o 
pcrfec  is  barely  legible).  Pei-haps,  however,  he 
means  that  the  writer  of  the  small  uncials  is  the 
original  scribe  when  correcting  his  cojiy,  which 
may  possibly  be  the  fact. 
H 


50  DESCRIPTION    OF    CERTAIN    MANUSCRIPTS 

vi.  34;  ix.  55;  xvi.  9;  xxii.  19;  29;  xxiii.  9;  Johan.  xix.  3:  accusative  for  genitive. 
Marc.  iii.  2;  xv.  3;  Luc.  xxiii.  2.  In  the  present  copy,  as  in  most  other  Lec- 
tionaries,  many  marks  are  found,  which  seem  to  be  musical  notes,  designed  for 
guiding  the  reader's  voice  :  I  seems  often  interrogative.  This  is  beyond  question 
a  most  important  document. 

(P)  Parham  Evangelistarium  unciale,  No.  18,  is  a  noble  folio,  written  on 
222  leaves  of  delicately  white  vellum,  each  page  containing  two  columns  of  27 
or  22  lines  each  \  written  in  clear  and  elegant  uncial  characters.  Like  Arundel, 
547,  this  volume  contains  the  lessons  for  every  day  between  Easter  and  Pente- 
cost, with  the  Saturday  and  Sunday  lessons  only  for  the  rest  of  the  year :  the 
full  service  for  the  Holy  Week,  with  lessons  for  Saints'  Days  somewhat  different 
to  those  in  our  other  Evangelistaria,  for  many  of  the  minor  festivals  were  more 
or  less  specially  observed  at  diffei'ent  periods  and  in  different  regions.  The  age 
and  country  of  this  copy  appears  from  an  inscriiDtion  on  the  last  page  (of  which 
Mr  Curzon's  catalogue  contains  a  fac-simile)  evidently  prima  manu :   ^ypafprf  to 

Tifxiov  KOI   dyiov  evayyeKiov   eiri  (TTecjiavov   tov   6eo(pikov    eTria-Konov  Kia-Kia-arjs'   fxrjvi   lovvKo-   iv8. 

rj'  (Tovs  s-vTrrj-  ypaffxv  8ia  x^ipos  vik.  x^  ^  [sic).  The  year  s-vivr]  is  A.M.  6488  of  the  Greek 
aera,  or  a.  d.  980.  This  copy,  therefore,  with  the  single  exception  of  Vatican 
354  (S  of  the  Gospels),  collated  by  Birch,  and  written  a.  d.  949,  is  the  oldest 
dated  MS.  of  any  portion  of  the  Greek  Testament.  Ciscissa,  where  no  doubt 
the  document  was  written,  was  a  small  town  and  Bishop's  See  in  Cappadocia 
Prima,  some  thirty-five  miles  E.  S.  E.  of  Ca^sarea,  its  capital  and  metropolitan  see 
(BingJiam,  Antiquit.  Vol.  iir.  p.  93;  see  also,  p.  191).  Its  country  is  further 
established  by  a  kind  of  colophon  scrawled  on  the  fly-leaf  (fol.  222)  under  a  rude 
arcade,  with  other  irrelevant  and  almost  illegible  matter:  avenaiviaBr)  to  Tifxiov  kcu 

ayiov  evayyektov  ejn  viKi]Ta  tov  dyiwTaTov  ema-KOTTOv  kktkkkttjs  tov  .  .  .  8ia  x^ipos  fiixarjX  vorapiov 
i^ai  dvov  (?)  avTov  erovs  r(j)v^,  p.r)vi.  fiapT  a-  lv8.  (S**  em  KcovaTavrivov  fj.ovop.a)(ov  fwjyj  Kat  6eo8o)pas 
Tcav  deoa-eTTTav  fiacrCkiuiv  p-ix^rjX  tov  dyLcoraTov  km  oiKovp. ....  narpiapxav  KrjpovXKov  (rrvXiavov 
TOV  dyicoraTOV  fxrjrpoTroXiTov  Kaiaapeias  Ka7nra8oKias  km    [ccetera   VtX    legibilia?[.       This    colo- 

phon  bears  date  a.  d.  1049  [a.  m.  6557]  and  was  written,  I  presume,  by  the  person 
who  made  the  numerous  changes  secundd  manu,  both  in  small  uncial  and  cursive 
characters,  which  abound  throughout  the  MS. :  to  him  also  we  may  be  indebted 
for  the  two  lessons  in  cursive  letters  on  the  margin  of  the  book  (foil.  14G,  147) 
which  I  have  indicated  by  P  (Luc.  xi.  47 — 52;  Johan.  x.  9 — 16).  As  a  notary, 
or  official  scribe  {vid.  Suicer,  Thesaur.  Ecclesiast.  Tom.  ii.  p.  431),  he  takes  care 
to  apprise  us  of  the  names  of  the  three  joint-sovereigns  of  the  Eastern  Empire 
(one  of  whom,  I  fear,  little  deserved  the  epithet  deoa-eTTTrjv),  of  the  Patriarch  of 
Constantinople,  of  the  Metropolitan  of  Caisarea,  and  of  the  Bishop  of  Ciscissa. 
This  volume  is  now  superbly  bound  in  purple  velvet,  with  the  original  clasp  and 


1  Observe  that  foil.  140,  141,  and  142,  143,  are  misplaced  by  the  binder. 


OF    THE    GREEK    TESTAMENT.  61 

five  golden  bosses ;  it  was  disinterred  by  Mr  Curzon  in  1837  (together  with  both 
copies  of  the  Apocalypse  described  below)  from  the  Library  of  Caracalla,  a 
monastery  on  Mount  Athos. 

Both  this  MS.  and  Armidel  547,  which  I  consider  to  be  older,  approximate 
much  more  closely  to  the  received  text  than  others  of  a  later  date  and  less 
promising  appearance :  from  which  fact  I  leave  the  reader  to  draw  his  own 
inference.  Yet  the  collation  of  this  copy  cost  me  much  labour,  through  my 
desire  to  exhibit  all  its  peculiarities  whether  of  breathing  or  orthography.  The 
accents  indeed,  like  those  of  Arundel  547,  seem  to  be  put  almost  at  random,  and 
I  have  not  noticed  them  except  in  special  cases  :  the  system  of  breathings,  such 
as  it  is,  is  tolerably  uniform.  Thus  Codex  P  always  gives  ^v  or  i]p  for  the  imper- 
fect of  eifxi,  rjXdov  or  i]\6ov  (as  our  w),  ovv,  oiiK,  e|',  oxXor,  ovo^a :  in  fact  all  verbs 
beginning  with  tj  and  many  words  whose  initial  vowel  is  o,  seem  to  take  the  aspi- 
rate as  a  matter  of  course :  'i  often  has  no  breathing.  In  accentuation  iSoO,  aKT]6ijs, 
ovbe'is,  fi^  interrogative,  vvv,  6t  av,  eav,  inav,  are  pretty  constant:  but  the  circumflex 
and  grave  accent  are  repeatedly  interchanged.  After  proper  names  such  as 
a^aayi,  SaS,  'ikrjfi,  we  often  sec  the  apostrophe  '  even  before  consonants.  N  e^eX- 
KvdTiicov  may  be  said  to  be  almost  universal,  but  I  noticed  no  example  of  t  ascript 
or  subscript.  This  codex  is  not  much  illuminated ;  there  are  sHght  ornaments  on 
the  first  page  and  at  foil.  112,  144,  p.  2,  besides  the  initial  letters  of  each  lesson: 
the  rubrical  and  musical  notes  are  in  red  ink,  and  the  form  of  the  mark  of  breath- 
ing square  (h  h).  Though  written  in  uncial  letters  the  mutation  of  ^  for  v  occurs, 
Johan.  X.  1  sem.,  and  of  v  for  /3  Luc.  vi.  34 :  but  this  is  found  even  in  the  Arundel 
547.  Itacisms  are  not  so  numerous  as  in  some  documents  of  this  period,  yet  still 
plentiful  (v  pro  oi  scepe) :   I  have  represented  them  all. 

I  now  pass  on  to  grammatical  inflexions.  We  have  the  3rd  declension  accu- 
sative in  -av,  vvKTav,  Luc.  ii.  37  p.m.  ;  Bvyarepav,  xiii.  16  sem.',  x^'P""?  Marc.  iii.  1 ; 
Luc.  XV.  22  ;  on  the  other  hand,  fiaxaipa,  Matth.  xxvi.  52 ;  Kaia<j)a,  ib.  57  sem. ; 
accusatives:  aaSevriv  Matth.  xxv.  39;  44  sem.;  [xeiCov  fem.  Johan.  xix.  11  sem.  :  in 
verbs  eKreXeare  Matth.  vii.  13;  rjXdaTe  xxv.  36  sem.  {^Xeare  sem.);  r]\6afj,fv  ibid.  39 
sem.;  irapiXearo  XXvi.  39;    e^rjXdare  ibid.  55;  Trpotrenea-au  vii.  25;    aveneaav  Johan.  vi.  10; 

fiTTov  ix.  28;  yevafxevrji  Matth.  xxvi.  20:  of  verbs  in  p.i,  BwopLevr)  Luc.  xiii.  11  sem.; 
napabiSovvTa  Johan.  xiii.  11;  a<puipfjv  xiv.  27  sem.:  note  also  eapow  Johan,  vi.  2; 
eXeyovv  xix.  21  scm. ;  iapaKav  Luc.  ix.  36;  enaeepiadri  Marc.  i.  42;  SO  Luc.  xvii.  14;  but 
iKaOcpfiaer)  Luc.  iv.  27;  (4>o^r^er]v  Johan.  xix.  8;  r^bvvr)6rjv  Marc.  vii.  24  (3rd  person); 

7Tpo(TKvp.ylras  Luc.  xxiv.  12  p.m.;  avraXayiia  Marc.  viii.  37.  We  often  see  yaXXiXaia, 
fivrjpLiov,  TTfpia-evpa,  8iopvcra),  SiayyeXco,  Kareros,  KariBiap,    Korovap,  KaTovofxa.      The  accusative 

is  put  for  the  dative  Matth.  xx.  4;  xxi.  2  p.m.;  xxvi.  15  sem.;  xxvii.  31  sem.;  44 
bis;  xxviii.  9;  17;  Marc.  i.  43;  ii.  4;  vi.  19^;  x.  34  bis  in  versu;  xv.  19;  Luc.  xvii.  7; 


1  evr}X^v  avTQV  :  on  j).  327  of  our  collation  read  avrov  {pro  ai'ry)  Pz  :   avTcv  is  a 

II  2 


52  DESCRIPTION    OF   CERTAIN    MANUSCRIPTS 

xxiii.  2G;  xxiv.  42;  Johan.  vi.  8;  vii.  2G :  the  dative  for  accusative,  Matth.  xxvi. 
71;  Luc.  iv.  31;  x.  35;  xvii.  14;  xxiv.  51:  the  accusative  for  the  genitive,  Marc, 
i.  41.  The  pericope  adulters  is  once  omitted  in  the  middle  of  a  lesson,  but 
Johan.  viii.  3 — 11,  and  Luc.  vii.  36,  &c.  comprise  the  proper  service  for  the  feast 
TTjs  dytas  deobapas  OH  Sept.  18.  Theodora's  strange  story  is  told  in  the  great 
Acta  Sanctorum  (Antwerp,  17G5),  September,  Tom.  iii.  p.  789:  she  lived  in  the 
fifth  century. 

This  document  contains  as  many  as  32  examples  of  o/xoioreXfvroi/,  e,  g.  Johan. 
xiv.  3;  12;  but  on  the  whole  is  accurately  written.  Glosses  (Matth.  xvii.  20; 
xix.  12;  Johan.  vi.  11;  viii.  44;  xix.  11  sent.),  itacisms  (Matth.  xxvi.  GO;  xxvii.  2 
rubro:  41),  or  rare  variations  (Luc.  xxiii.  35;  Johan.  x.  3G;  xx.  12),  are  often 
introduced  by  later  hands,  of  which  probably  more  than  one  was  engaged  in 
making  alterations  and  erasures.  This  MS.  rarely  departs  from  the  received 
text  as  widely  as  in  Marc.  vii.  25,  26;  Luc.  ix.  28 — 36;  yet  the  following 
passages  deserve  notice:  Matth.  v.  32;  vii.  2  {^cum  Elzev.);  14;  viii,  30;  ix.  18; 
xxiii.  10;  xxv.  20;  26;  4:5  p.m.;  Luc.  vi.  4;  vii.  39  jp.m. ;  44;  viii.  17;  31;  xxi.  8; 
xxiii.  1;  15  (D  Leicest.);  28;  33;  xxiv.  7 ;  Johan.  vii.  8  (ov  Kara^iaiva,) ;  x.  28  seJn.; 
xxi.  3  (Elzev.)  p.  m. 

(PJ  Parham  Evangelistarium  UNCIA1.E,  No.  1.  This  volume  contains  many 
specimens  of  early  writing  on  papyrus,  vellum  and  other  materials,  in  Coptic  and 
other  languages,  which  are  minutely  described  in  the  Parham  Catalogue.  The 
only  Biblical  fragment  in  Greek  among  them  consists  of  three  "eaves  of  an  Evan- 
gelistarium  in  large  uncial  characters,  removed  from  the  binding  of  a  MS.  of 
the  twelfth  century,  found  at  the  Monastery  of  Docheirou  on  Mount  Atlios. 
Mr  Curzon  obtained  them  for  asking.  The  Evangelistarium  must  have  been  of 
about  the  ninth  century,  and  much  resembles  in  style  the  fragment  I  have  called 
X  (2),  at  the  end  of  Arundel  547  {Collation  of  the  Holy  Gospels,  Introd.  p.  Ix.); 
indeed  as  both  fragments  have  two  columns  of  nineteen  lines  each  on  each 
page,  they  are  very  possibly  parts  of  the  same  book.  This  Codex  contains 
Matth.  i.  1—11;  11—22;  vii.  7,  8;  Marc.  ix.  41;  xi.  22—26;  Luc.  xi.  1—4:  the 
vellum  has  been  so  hacked  as  to  cut  away  much  of  the  margin  and  many  letters 
of  the  text;  the  leaves  seem  to  belong  to  that  portion  of  an  Evangelistarium 
Avhich  relates  to  the  Feasts;  before  Marc.  xi.  22  we  read  <jenr.  k!3.  Xt^i/^j^s  ttjs  dyias 
avvTjs.  There  are  but  few  variations  from  the  received  text  in  these  three  leaves, 
but  the  breathings  and  accents  are  as  irregular  as  in  Arund.  547,  my  remarks  on 
which  exactly  apply  to  P^.  Some  corrections  are  made  in  small  uncials,  seem- 
ingly by  a  later  hand  (Matth.  i,  14;  22).     Marc.  ix.  41  is  perhaps  unique. 

(z)  Christi  Coll.  Cantab.  F.  1,  8,  is  a  fine  Evangelistarium  on  vellum,  con- 
sisting of  218  thick  folio  leaves,  with  tvi^o  columns  on  a  page:  a  modern  hand 
has  numbered  the  columns  (871) :  there  are  about  30  lines  in  a  column,  in  a  clear 
bold  style,  and  good  preservation,  only  that  the  ink  is  somewhat  faded  and  a  few 


^t-: 


•  T  .:.hi 


^.^^    i  .3   <  *^4    If.;    1^5   J^^ 


4 


OF   THE    GREEK    TESTAMENT. 


53 


leaves  are  lost^  On  a  paper  fly-leaf  we  read,  "  E  dono  Francisci  Tayleri,  in 
Theologia  Licenciati  olim  CoUegii  Christi  apud  Cantabrigienses  alumni,  nunc  vero 
verbi  divini  in  ^de  Christi  apud  Cantuarienses  concionatoris :  data  Julij  24, 
16-54:."  As  Mill  overlooked  this  document  when  he  collated  the  copy  of  the  Acts 
and  Epistles  in  the  same  library  (to  be  described  below),  it  has  never  been 
inserted  in  Catalogues  of  Greek  Testament  MSS. ;  I  am  indebted  for  my  know- 
ledge of  its  existence  to  the  truly  learned  Dr  Kaye,  late  Bishop  of  Lincoln,  who 
had  been  Master  of  the  College.  The  present  Master  and  Fellows  of  the 
Society  granted  me  permission  to  collate  both  their  MSS.  at  my  own  house,  with 
a  courtesy  and  readiness  for  which  I  cannot  be  too  grateful.  At  the  foot  of  col. 
871  we  find  prima  manu,  8o^a  tco  \oya  rat  hovn  Tekoi'  ayi-qv,  and  on  the  second  page 
of  this  last  leaf  (218),  much  illegible  scrawl  in  later  hands,  among  which  occurs 

the    following :    eTrovXddr]    t6    napav   evayyeXeicov    kol    rjyapua-dr]   irapa  a6a\ya\(Tiov   rov  rdyKpt 

dnb   Tov [illegibilia] ypad  .  ae^rep^pi  ~8  to  eros  r^o  •    tfS""  S.      This   date  is   6770 

or  A.D.  1261,  and  since  it  is  considerably  more  recent  than  the  Evangelistarium, 
we  may  fairly  place  the  latter  as  early  as  the  eleventh  or  twelfth  century.  There 
are  a  few  poor  illuminations  on  the  first  page  and  elsewhere,  the  initial  letter  of 
each  lesson  is  colored  and  flourished,  and  the  rubrical  notes  are  partly  in  red. 
The  hand  which  paged  the  columns  and  noted  the  modern  chapters  in  the  margin 
seems  less  recent  than  that  which  wrote  on  the  paper  fly-leaves  at  the  end  of 
the  volume  a  convenient  table  of  references  to  the  lessons  taken  from  the  three 
first  Gospels:  a  similar  table  is  met  with  in  Harleian.  5598;  Dr  Covell  perhaps 
compiled  both. 

This  Evangelistarium  contains  no  example  of  i  ascript,  except  perhaps  rjideire, 
Luc.  ii.  49,  and  only  17  of  t  subscript,  almost  always  with  the  article.  In  the 
earlier  pages  v  ecpeXKvariKov  is  quite  rare,  but  as  we  proceed  it  gets  more  common, 
imtil  with  eiTrev  it  is  quite  the  rule.     The  hiatus,  however,  takes  place  for  want  of 

V  in  Matth.  vii.  9  sec.  man.;  xxi.  30;  Luc.  xv.  27;  Johan.  xx.  5,  The  itacisms  are 
about  the  same  in  amount  as  in  Cod.  i,  but  somewhat  differently  distributed: 
thus  7]  for  ei  occurs  159  times;  ei  for  r],  92;  w  for  o,  104;  o  for  «,  105;  rj  for  t,  52; 
t  for  t],  S2 ;  6  for  ai,  32 ;  ai  for  e,  40 ;  ov  for  a,  10;  <u  for  ov,  8;  v  for  oi,  4;  01  for  V,  3; 

V  for  t,  1;  I  for  v,  2;  v  for  rj,  2;  r)  for  v,  1;  c  for  et,  28;  ei  for  t,  16;  e  for  rj,  12; 
r]  for  e,  7;  et  for  oi,  1;  oi  for  «,  2:  in  all  713:  i^peis  and  vfins  are  confounded,  Matth. 
vii.  11;  15,  sem.;  Luc.  ix.  49;  xxii.  31,  sem.;  xxiii.  30,  sem,;  xxiv.  20;  Johan.  xi. 
11;  xvi.  17,  sem.;  xix.  35,  p.m.  sem. 

Of  grammatical  inflexions  &c.  we  mark  the  following:  of  nouns,  6vpa,  Matth. 
vi.  6;  x'?p«>  Luc.  xviii.  5,  accus.;  but  x^'P""?  Marc.  vii.  32;  Luc.  vi.  8;  wktup,  ii.  37; 


1  About  eight  leaves  are  wanting  which  gave 
the  lessons  from  the  Saturday  for  the  fourth  week 
after  Easter  to  the  Tuesday  of  the  sixth,  col.  56, 


Johan.  xii.  24,  p,ovos  /xevti:  also  about  five  leaves 
between  the  1 2th  Saturday  of  Luke,  c.  xiii.  24,  Xeyo) 
v/Mv,  col.  438,  to  the  X5th  Sunday,  xix.  4,  ave^-q. 


54  DESCRIPTION    OF    CERTAIN    MANUSCRIPTS 

Bvyartpavt  xiii.  IG:    tfpotr,  Matth,  xii.  4;   iieyicTTavois,   Marc.  vi.  21;   so  /ififcoi/,  riCMf.  p?. 
Johan.  i.  51,  sem.:  actus,  sing.  v.  3G;  ttoWw,  ibid.  G;  of  verbs,  npoa-ewecrav,  Matth. 

vii.  25;    eKf^aXare,    xxii.    13;    f^eXdare,   Xxiv.    2G,   SCm. ;    T^X^are,    XXV.    3G,  Sem.;    (^r,\6aTf, 

Lue.  vii.  25;  emav,  xx.  IG;  eiSare,  Johan.  xiii.  17,  sem.;  Tidwrjerji',   3  pers.  Marc.  vii. 
24:  and  v  rejected  in  antaraXr],  Matth.  xv.  24;  eMov,  Johan.  xix.  3;  note  also,  napa- 

StSouj/ra,  Johan.  xiii.  11  sem.;  KareyeXow,  Matth.  ix.  24;  uwrfKav,  Marc.  vi.  52;  aTrJjyacri, 

Johan.  xviii.  13 ;  and  in  orthography  observe  bibpajfiara,  Matt.  xvii.  24  ;  o-KvXetj-, 
Marc.  V.  35;  oTnaeev,  Matt.  xv.  23;  ffnrpoade,  Johan.  i.  15;  27.  We  read  also  dfiar, 
and  eSfiCTev  for  brjarj  and  6S7;(7-fi'  (quite  a  peculiarity  of  this  copy),  kvXos,  yteva 
constantly.  In  the  following  places  the  reduplication  of  verbs  is  omitted,  Matth. 
ix.  3G  ;  Marc.  v.  4;  Johan.  iii.  21 ;  vi.  42.  The  preposition  receives  the  augment 
in  (irpocjjrjTeva-apev,  Matt.  vii.  22  ;  Tj^piaraTo,  Luc.  ii.  37.  The  augment  is  lost  in 
Matth.  xi.  17;  xiii.  24;  xiv.  G  :  xviii.  23  ;  xxii.  2;  7;  xxv.  1;  xxvii.  44  sem.;  Marc. 
XV.  44  sem. ;  Luc.  ii.  38  ;  vi.  14  ;  vii.  32  ;  xiii.  13  ;  xxii.  G  sem.;  Johan.  xii.  42,  sem. 
The  breathings  and  accents  are  very  regular,  though  (as  in  most  of  the  copies 
I  have  examined)  the  accent  of  an  enclitic  is  not  often  thrown  back  when  the 
preceding  word  is  properispomenon.     We  have,  however,  p-^be,  prjbepia,  &c.  p.^KeTi, 

otSare,    TrcoTTore   and    Other   SUch   anomalies,    Trapuxprjpa,  vnoKara,    ovS"   els,    iuv,   enav    (but 
oTuv),   ovx\  ^8f,  alpa,  Karidiav,  Karovap,  SiaTrairof,  btarovTO,  ovKfTi,  pp  not  pp. 

Besides  the  Gospels  in  full,  several  portions  of  which  are  always  written  more 
than  once  in  an  Evangelistarium  (see  Collation  of  the  Holy  Gospels,  Introd.  p.  Ixiii.), 
this  copy  is  remarkable  for  containing  among  the  services  for  the  Holy  Week, 
four  passages  from  the  Septuagint  version,  Isaiah  iii.  9 — 13;  Hi.  13 — liv.  1; 
Jerem.  xi.  18 — xii.  15;  Zechar.  xi.  10 — 14;  and  four  from  the  Pauline  Epistles, 
Rom.  V.  6—10;  Gal.  vi.  14—18;  1  Tim.  vi.  11— IG;  Hebr.  x.  19—31.  The 
various  readings  of  these  last  are  recorded  in  their  proper  places  and  noted  z. 

This  MS.  is  carefully  written,  though  it  contains  23  omissions  by  opoioTfkevTov : 
a  second  hand  has  sometimes  made  alterations,  but  these  are  not  many:  it 
introduces  an  itacism  Marc.  iv.  29,  and  scrawled  a  rubrical  note  over  coll,  IGl,  2. 
In  noticing  peculiarities  of  punctuation  we  must  bear  in  mind  that  ;  is  often 
equivalent  to  a  comma;  this  may  perhaps  apply  to  Johan.  i.  43;  v.  45;  viii.  13; 
and  is  also  true  in  Cod.  i.  For  stops  see  Matth.  xii.  28;  xx.  12;  Marc.  viii.  18; 
xiv.  31. 

Few  copies  of  the  Gospels  contain  more  numerous  and  interesting  yet  minute 
variations  from  the  printed  text  than  Cod.  z,  which  much  resembles  in  that 
respect  iL  of  my  present,  and  cegop  and  especially  y  of  my  previous  collations  ; 
but  in  very  many  places  it  stands  almost,  often  quite  alone.  Thus  the  patient 
student  will  find  it  a  document  of  singular  importance,  well  meriting  his  best 
consideration.  Matth.  xxiii.  35  omits  the  perplexing  vlov  ^apaxiov ;  in  xxvii.  9, 
iepepiov  is  wanting  in  one  place,  but  read  in  another ;  the  genealogy  in  Luc.  iii. 
abounds  w  ith  variations ;  Luc.  xxii.  43,  44  is  wanting  in  its  place,  but  once  placed 


OF    THE    GREEK   TESTAMENT.  55 

after  Matth.  xxvi.  39  ;  Johan.  vii.  53— viii.  11  is  wanting  in  its  place  (Whitsunday), 
but  Johan.  viii.  1—11  is  given  on  August  31   (the  last  day  of  the  ecclesiastical 

year)    eis  rrjv   ioprrjv  ireXayiov   km   eis  Xonras  dyias.       This  MS.   haS    SOmC    SOlcclsmS    and 

many  changes  of  case :  e.g.  genitive  for  dative,  Luc.  ix.  23  ;  57  ;  and  vice  versa, 
Matth.  xxvi.  62:  dative  for  accusative,  Matth.  vii.  24;  2G;  29;  xviii.  32;  xxvii. 
1;  Marc.  V.  24  and  14  other  texts:  accusative  for  dative,  Matth.  xi.  1;  xiv.  7; 
xvi.  22;  xxii,  16  sem.;  Marc.  iv.  2;  x.  21,  and  25  others. 

The  following  readings,  selected  from  a  very  large  number,  may  serve  to  shew 
the  choice  character  of  this  Evangelistarium.  Matth.  i.  8  ;  ii.  9  (o);  13;  iii.  5 
(b) ;  7 ;  8  (Eh.) ;  9  (r) ;  iv.  2  (our  P*) ;  24(g) ;  v.  11 ;  12  (D) ;  31 ;  38 ;  vii.  18  ;  viii. 
4  (s);  ix.  15  (Dg);  x.  4  sem.  (BCD);  10;  xii.  8 ;  12  ;  39;  40;  50;  xvi.  10  (c) ; 
11;  12;  xxiii.  26;  Marc.  i.  22  (Ccv) ;  27;  33;  iii.  11;  28  (ABCD) ;  iv.  4  (Elz.) ; 
5(D);  7(CDc);  9  (Eh.);  U  (y)  ;  14;  16;  19  (our  L)  ;  22  ;  vi.  3  ;  4  ;  9  ;  45(Dc)i 
49  (Be)  ;  55;  Luc.  i.  26  ;  30  (C)  ;  iv.  4  (gloss)  ;  vi.  17  sem.;  49  (By) ;  vii.  32  ; 
xi.  13,  sem. ;  20  ;  xvi.  26  ;  xvii.  36  (Eh.)  ;  xx.  10  (Cy)  ;  27  ;  xxii.  19,  sem. ;  32  ; 
xxiii.  50;  5Q  (s) ;  xxiv.  10;  Johan.  i.  26  sem.  (c);  41;  51  sem.  (B);  ii.  5;  10 
(B);  15;  17  (Elz.);  iii.  2 ;  11;  23 ;  24  ;  25  (Elz.);  v.  19 ;  22 ;  25  (BD)  ;  32; 
vi.  1 ;  2  (ABD)  ;  17  ;  19  ;  vii.  13 ;  17  ;  xii.  26,  &c. 

II.  2.  As  our  list  of  MSS.  for  the  Acts  and  Catholic  Epistles  is  with  four 
exceptions  the  same  as  that  for  the  Epistles  of  St  Paul,  it  will  be  convenient  to 
describe  both  series  under  the  same  head. 

The  Lambeth  MSS.  of  the  Carlyle  collection  comprise  the  first  six  on  our 
catalogue  (abed,  e  of  Acts,  e  of  St  Paul)  :  of  these  I  have  elsewhere  given  a  suffi- 
cient general  account^  When  I  collated  them,  now  twelve  years  ago,  by  the 
permission  of  the  late  Archbishop  Howley  (who  was  pleased  to  countenance  my 
exei-tions  in  this  department  of  sacred  learning),  they  had  merely  been  inspected 
so  far  as  to  ascertain  that  none  of  them  contained  the  disputed  passage,  1  John 
v.  7,  8.  Dr  Bloomfield  has  since  used  four  of  them  and  some  lectionaries  in  the 
same  collection  to  enrich  his  critical  notes  in  the  ninth  edition  of  his  Greek 
Testament:  he  kindly  permitted  me  to  verify  my  references  in  many  places  while 
they  continued  in  his  possession.     I  proceed  to  describe  them  in  detail. 

(a).  Lambeth,  1182.  This  copy  is  in  quarto,  of  793  pages,  on  paper,  and 
must  date  from  the  12th  century  at  the  earliest.  Professor  Carlyle  marked  it  I  8, 
thus  indicating  that  he  procured  it  from  one  of  the  Greek  Islands.  The  MS. 
itself  is  written  in  a  bold  round  hand,  but  as  many  leaves  are  lost,  they  have  been 
supplied  in  a  more  careless  style  by  a  scribe  full  two  centuries  later :  the  passages 
so  supplied  are  Acts  i.  1 — xii.  3  (68  pages;  the  more  ancient  writing  commencing 
at  Trpoai6eTo);    Acts  xiii.  5,  o-vraywyats  to  V.  15   Kai  tcov   (pp.  75,  76);    2    and  3  John 


Coll 


lation  of  the  Holy  Gospels.      Introduction,  pp.  xxiv — vi. 


5Q  DESCRIPTION    OF    CERTAIN    MANUSCRIPTS 

and  Jude  (pp.  755—793)'.  The  books  arc  arranged  in  a  very  unusual  order,  the 
Pauline  Epistles  following  the  Acts,  and  preceding  the  Catholic  Epistles,  as  in  our 
modern  Bibles.  The  older  part  of  this  MS.  is  much  damaged,  in  fact  most  of  the 
leaves  are  remounted.  Before  the  Acts  in  the  later  hand  are  Liturgical  avncpcova 
for  Easter  (vid.  Suicer,  Thes.  Ecc.  Tom.  i.  p.  387),  anobrjfjuai  TravXov,  an  inoBeffis  to 
the  Acts,  and  an  arrangement  of  the  contents  in  order,  the  Catholic  Epistles  being 
here  made  to  follow  the  Acts.  After  the  Acts,  prima  manu,  follow  npa^ns  rav  dyiav 
airoaToXoiv  5  pp.,  as  their  sequel.  Each  Epistle  has  an  inodeais,  and  at  the  end,  in 
the  later  hand,  are  a  Synaxarion  of  the  Upn^anoaToXos  throughout  the  year,  and 
lessons  from  Phil.  ii.  5-11;  Hebr.  ix.  1—7;  1  Thoss.  iv.  13-17  (marked  a?  in 
this  collation).  This  volume  contains  a  few  coarse  illuminations,  ruhro;  Ke4>a\aia 
numbered  in  the  margin,  with  capitals  commencing  each  ;  ap^ai,  TfXrj  of  the  lessons 
noted,  their  proper  days  at  the  top  of  the  page,  and  such  initial  supplements  as 
aSeX^oi,  &c.  all  in  red. 

The  breathings  and  accents  of  Cod.  a  are  very  regular ;  we  have  only  a  few 

such  forms  as  aXowv,  ivearaxrav,  idpaicofia,  but  ajBpaap.,  wSe,  Kad'  o,  Kar  ivcomov,  Kadrjpepau, 
Toiyapovv,  and  in  orthography,  fcarayyeXw,  evaros,  ovrcos  {ovra  Only  four  times)  cf)i\r]^  nine 
times;   o(})6a\pojbovkeia,  TaireKppocrvvr]  (Col.  ii.  23;  iii.  12),  vri(paXeos.     The  V  ((pe^KvaTiKov 

occurs  only  Hebr.  vii.  2;  xi.  8.  We  never  read  t  ascript,  but  t  subscript  67 
times,  often  with  relatives.  Itacisms  are  rare,  though  somewhat  thicker  in  the 
more  recent  portion  of  the  MS. :  they  are  even  inserted  secundd  manu,  e.g. 
Act.  iii.  22;  iv.  13;  of  grammatical  forms  we  find  TjXKaTo,  Act.  xiv.  10;  ea-vpav, 
xvii.  6;  ij^wptfei/,  Gal.  ii.  12;  tiwa,  Hebr.  iii.  10;  evpapfvos  {cum  midtis)  ix.  12. 
There  are  27  instances  of  opoiorekevTov,  and  the  writing  is  in  some  places  injured 
by  damp  and  the  ink  faded.  On  the  top  of  p.  384  is  some  faded  writing,  now 
illegible.  The  corrections  are  in  two  hands,  one  ancient  (perhaps  prima  manu'), 
the  other  more  recent,  and  some  are  in  vermilion.  Ae  and  re,  Upoa-okvpa  and  Upov- 
(ToKrjp  (Act.  xvi.  4;  xx.  16;  xxi,  14;  15)  are  often  confounded:  there  are  many 
transpositions  in  the  order  of  words  (sometimes  noted  a,  /3  secundd  manu),  and  the 
copy  is  so  liturgical  as  often  to  omit  particles  of  time  initio  pericopes.  The  more 
modern  hand  (Acts  i. — xii.  3,  &c.)  agrees  closely  with  Cod.  h,  to  be  described 
below,  and  has  some  good  readings:  e.g.  Acts  ii.  13  (ABC);  24:  but  the  older 
hand  represents  a  very  interesting  and  valuable  text,  and  is  full  of  rare  variations, 
especially  in  the  Acts  and  Catholic  Epistles,  being  there  found  in  harmony  with 
cdh  (described  below),  with  the  most  ancient  MSS.,  and  very  conspicuously  with 
that  most  precious  document,  designated  below  as  p  (consult,  for  instance,  Acts 
xiii. — xvii.  throughout).  It  has  kv  for  Sv,  Acts  xx.  28,  with  ACDE,  and  very  few 
cursive  copies.     Compare  also  Act.  xiv.  19;  xv.  4;  18;  20  (69);   1  Pet.  ii.  8; 


1   The   binder   has    misplaced   pp.    371-2    and    |    463-4,  461-2  and  459-60 ;  473-4  and  471-2  ;  477-8 
369-70  ;  375-6  and  373-4  ;  457-8,  455-6  and 453-4;    I    and  475-6. 


OF    THE    GREEK    TESTAMENT.  67 

11  (ambobus  locis  cum  51**,  69);  12;  19  (C.  69);  iii.  12  (57.  69);  iv.  14  (57**. 
G9.  c);  2  Pet.  i.  10  (A.c,  69);  1  Cor.  xii.  13  (74);  xv.  8  (rw)  ;  2  Cor.  iii.  9 
(ACD*,  74);  iv.  4  (74)  ;  v.  17  ;  Eph.  ii.  IG,  p.m.;  iii.  19  (A  74)  ;  Col.  ii.  23;  iii.  10 
(74);  1  Thess.  ii.  2 ;  7  (CD*  74);  iv.  5  (74);  v.  8  (74);  24  (74);  2  Tim.  i.  15; 
ii.  11 ;  Hebr.  vii.  26  (74) ;  xii.  9;  xiii.  22  (D)  ;  24  (74).  The  close  resemblance 
to  Knittel's  Guftlpherbyt.  xvi.  7  (69  Acts,  74  Paul)  is  very  remarkable. 

(b).     Lambeth  1183,  Carlyle  I  9,  like  the  preceding,  contains  the  Acts  and  all 
the  Epistles  in  their  modern  order,  on  paper,  pp.  472  quarto,  with  27  lines  on  each 

page.     On  the  last  page  is  read  eypacjir]  ev  erei  ra^r  •  iv  ■  la  ■  6v  TO  dcopov  Kai  novos  :  6s  dyios: 

after  which 

yovv  /xev  ^ev^as    koi  inroKkivas   Kapav 

Xeipas   eKTeiuas   npos   ray   6eias   rerpaSas 

eKTTenXrjp CO Ka  ttjv   deoadoTov  SeXrov. 
firjv  pa'ios  Ky  rou  Co  (?)    fi'ixarjX  crvvabav  tov  opoXoyrjrov   [siC^.  fip,€pa  8^.   nai  oi  TijBe  ttj  ypa(f)T] 
(VTVx^avovTes   \J>iCj  to   ks    avy^coprjaov  Kai    eXej^crov  tov  ypacfiea  tov  ■napovTos   ^i^Xiov  Xeyerf,  tf 

OTTO)?  /cat  vfias  aXXoi  iraXtv  p.vri(rda)(n :  all  this  p.m.:  the  date  is  A.D.  1358.  This  copy 
is  written  in  a  noble  and  beautiful  hand,  and  is  in  pretty  good  preservation, 
except  that  the  binder  has  cut  off  the  tops  of  many  pages^.  The  MS.  contains 
the  following  hiatus:  1  Cor.  xi.  7,  KaTaKaXvTTTea-dai  ttjv  to  v.  27  evoxos  (one  leaf); 
1  Tim.  iv.  1,  irpoaexovTes  to  V.  8,  voei  ttjv  mcTTip  (one  leaf).  The  first  pages  contain 
fragments  of  a  synaxarion,  chants,  &c.  Before  the  Acts  and  all  the  Epistles  are 
inoSeaeis  and  tables  of  Kf(f}uXaia :  their  titles  are  repeated  at  the  top  and  bottom  of 
each  page  of  the  MS.,  the  number  of  each  Ke(})aXaiov,  the  apxai,  TeXrj  and  proper  day 
for  each  lesson,  and  the  initial  capitals,  are  all  in  the  margin  in  red.  The  accents 
and  breathings  are  very  accurate  (yet  we  have  oaptjv,  2  Cor.  ii.  14;  d(j)r]s,  Eph.  iv. 
16  p.m.',  so  Col.  ii.  19);  i  ascript  or  subscript  nowhere  occurs,  and  v  efpeXKva-TiKov 
only  at  1  Cor.  i.  18;  25;  xv.  58;  Hebr.  iii.  18;  vii.  14.  Racisms  are  very  rare, 
onl}^  one  being  met  with  in  the  first  twelve  chapters  of  the  Acts  (dvyaTepms,  ii.  17), 
and  nearly  all  with  proper  names  (e.g.  Acts  xiii.  1 ;  xvi.  12 ;  xx.  15  ;  xxiii.  24 ; 
26;  xxvii.  6;  xxviii.  11  bis).  They  are  introduced  sec.  man.  Act.  xxvii.  2 ;  40 ; 
and  in  Brjpavres,  xvi.   37,  &c.:  there  are  not  above  14  more  in  the  whole  MS.    Of 

peculiar  forms  I  note  only  ^XXuto,  Act.  xiv.  10,  KUTiBiav,  d^paap.,  Kaffrjpepav,  evaros,  aTTapxrjS, 

(not  in  1  Johan.) ;  ovtcos  always  except  in  Act.  xiii.  47 ;  xx.  13  sec.  man. ;  1  Thess. 
iv.  14;  17.  Notice  also  a-apcovav,  Act.  ix.  35,  p.m.;  ea-vpav,  xiv.  19;  xvii.  6;  «  Tvxn, 
1  Cor.  xiv.  10;  peya,  ace.  mas.  Hebr.  iv.  14,  p.m. 

In  critical  value  Cod.  b  may  be  somewhat  inferior  to  cd  and  several  others  in 
this  collection.     Yet  it  has  not  a  few  rare  and  observable  readings,  of  which  I 


1  A  festival  of  the  Apparition  of  St  Michael  is  and  i6i-2  ;  207-8  and  205-6  ;  243-4  and  241-2  ; 
set  down  in  the  Calendar  for  May  8,  not  May  4  -  247-8  and  245-6  ;  253-4  and  251-2  ;  431—44  and 
01-23.  41.=;— 30;  467-8  and  465-6;  149-5013  bound  up 

^  He  has  also  misplaced    pages   165-6,    163-4    '    after  304. 

I 


58  DESCRIPTION    OF   CERTAIN    Mx\NUSCRIPTS 

subjoin  a  specimen,  though  on  the  whole  it  does  not  depart  from  the  common 
text  in  many  important  places ;  in  the  following  list  it  is  almost  always  found  in 
company  with  Cantab.  Mm.  G,  9,  which  is  o  of  the  Acts  and  Epistles  (.swpra,  pp. 
XXXV— vi),  i.e.  with  Gl  of  Griesbach:  Act.  iv.  14  (o);  xiii.  23;  xiv.  19;  xv.  20 
(Do);  xxiii.  15;  xxiv.  8;  xxv.  8;  xxvi.  5  (o) ;  Jac.  iii.  7  (o) ;  v.  15  (o) ;  1  Pet. 
V.  2  (o);  2  Pet.  i.  14  (o)  ;  ii.  14;  1  Johan.  i.  7  (o) ;  Rom.  viii.  10(o);  23;  xi.  4 
p.m.  (o) ;  xiv.  13  p.m.  (o) ;  1  Cor.  i.  29  (o)  ;  xi.  4  (o)  ;  xiv.  33  (FG.o) ;  40  (o) ;  xvi. 
3;  2  Cor.  xii.  12  (o)  ;  Eph.  ii.  12  (o) ;  v.  11  (o) ;  Phil.  ii.  11,  p.m.  (o) ;  Col.  ii. 
2,  p.m.  (o) ;  2  Thess.  i.  5.  Ae  and  re  are  often  interchanged,  and  the  subscriptions 
to  St  Paul's  Epistles  are  a  little  unusual :  these  are  in  red,  and  apparently  prima 
manu.  This  MS.  has  only  nine  examples  of  Sfj.oioTf'KfvTou,  a  proof  that  the  scribe 
exercised  some  care;  in  many  places  where  the  old  writing  has  become  faded, 
it  has  been  restored,  I  think  by  the  same  person  who  made  the  numerous 
alterations  secundd  manu. 

(c).  L.UIBETII  1184,  Carlylc  I[slandsJ  10,  of  the  Acts  and  Epistles,  having 
been  returned  with  five  other  MSS.  of  this  collection  to  the  Patriarch  of  Jeru- 
salem in  1817S  I  am  indebted  for  a  knowledge  of  its  contents  to  some  papers 
in  a  case  (Lambeth  1255,  10 — 14),  which  contains  (with  other  matter)  a  scholar- 
like and  seemingly  accurate  collation  of  it  with  the  Greek  text  of  Mill,  made  by 
the  Rev.  W.  Sanderson  of  Morpeth,  in  or  about  the  year  1804.  In  Archdeacon 
Todd's  Lambeth  Catalogue  of  MSS.  Codex  1184  is  described  as  "Codex  char- 
taceus,  in  quarto,  Saic.  xv.:  Acta  Apostolorum,  Epp.  Cathohcas  et  PauH  omnes 
complectitur . . .  In  initio  mutilus.  Incipit  Act.  vi.  10,  rij  (roc^na.  A  divers^  manu 
duo  folia,  codicem  claudentia,  exarata  sunt.  I.  10."  Now  Sanderson's  collation 
shews  no  such  defect  as  the  Catalogue  mentions,  yet  he  so  often  cites  his  copy 
as  I  10,  that  it  is  hard  to  suppose  they  are  speaking  of  different  books.  If  we 
were  able  to  form  any  estimate  of  the  age  of  a  document  from  the  readings 
it  exhibits,  we  should  certainly  assign  to  it  a  much  earlier  date  than  the  fifteenth 
century.  In  the  Acts  it  is  one  of  our  best  authorities,  being  full  of  weighty  and 
probable  variations  from  the  common  herd,  and  we  cannot  but  be  too  thankful  for 
the  diligence  which  has  recorded  them  for  om-  use ;  in  the  Catholic  Epistles  it  is 
scarcely  less  valuable,  but  in  the  Epistles  of  St  Paul  it  presents  us  with  little 
worthy  of  particular  notice.  There  is  an  hiatus  from  Act.  vii.  o'2  v}j.av  to  viii.  25 
eif.  At  the  end  of  his  collation  Sanderson  adds  "  In  antecedenti  collatione 
differentia  in  p  paragogico  (i.  e.  v  addito  verbis  desinentibus  ab  e  vel  t,  proximu 
dictione  a  vocali  exorsa)  cum  a  varia  lectione  profiuit,  non  notatur;  ex  more  enim 
,///."     Of  other  peculiarities  in  regard  to  the  writing  he  says  nothing ;  but  shews 


^  See  Archdeacon  Todd's  "Account  of  Gret'k  I  gi-eater  part  of  wliii-li  are  now  deposited  in  the 
Manuscripts,  chiefly  Biblical,  which  had  been  in  |  Archiepiscopal  Library  at  Lambeth  Palace."  Loa- 
the possession  of  tlie  late   Profe.ssor  Carlyle,  the    j    don,  Svo.   [iSi8]. 


OF    THE   GREEK    TESTAMENT.  59 

his  ignorance  of  the  fact  that  v  is  only  another  form  for  /3  (c.  g.  2  Johan,  8  ; 
Gal.  iv.  5) ;  an  error  into  which  Fenton,  who  collated  Cod.  e  of  the  Acts,  and 
other  novices  in  these  studies,  have  constantly  fallen.  Sanderson  takes  laudable 
care  to  notice  those  places  where  his  manuscript  was  doubtful  or  illegible,  and 
his  performance  indicates  that  he  was  a  diligent  student,  of  whose  labours 
we  may  avail  ourselves  with  some  degree  of  conKdence.  He  does  not  state 
what  reprint  of  Mill's  New  Testament  he  used :  from  the  wretched  blunders 
whereof  he  subjoins  a  list,  it  must  have  been  a  very  bad  one^  This  circum- 
stance sometimes  renders  his  notes  unintelligible;  in  which  case  I  have  simply 
transcribed  them  with  the  warning  "sic."  There  are  pretty  many  itacisms  in 
this  MS.,  especially  w  for  o ;  tXjj/i  and  UpotroKvua  are  much  interchanged ;  e.  g. 
Acts  viii.  25;  xx.  16;  xxi.  17;  xxv.  20;  xxviii.  17.  We  read  oire  Act.  xix.  37; 
6vpa  accus.  xii.  13  ;  fUKOTrrfa-Om  1  Pet.  iii.  7  ;  avrjyyeXXrj  Rom.  XV.  21  ;  enra  Hebr.  iii. 
10 ;  (niXavdavaade  ibid.  xiii.  16 :  besides  which  the  following  unusual  readings 
may  give  the  reader  some  notion  of  the  genius  of  Cod.  c.  Act.  i.  12 ; 
ii.  33  (B);  36;  43;  iii.  9  (B);  11  (ABCE) ;  iv.  15;  16  (ABD) ;  v.  42;  vi.  1 ;  15 ; 
vii.  35  (ADE);  viii.  28;  ix.  6 ;  30 ;  39 ;  x.  6 ;  9;  11  {sic  MS.  13);  31;  xi.  8;  20 
(AD*);  xii.  22;  xviii.  9;  xx.  19  (C) ;  xxi.  34;  xxiv.  16;  xxvii.  40;  Jac.  i.  18; 
1  Pet.  iii.  19 ;  v.  13  ;  many  of  which  resemble  Scholz's  180  in'  its  rarest  variations: 
moreover  MS.  c  will  be  found  pretty  much  Avith  our  am.  This  most  interesting 
document  will  be  seen  to  contain  not  a  few  errors  of  the  pen. 

(d).  Lambeth  1185,  Carlyle  I.  11,  is  a  small  quarto  of  417  pages,  having  about 
26  lines  in  a  page,  on  bad  paper,  vilely  written,  and  in  a  dirty  state  :  in  fact  nothing 
could  well  be  more  unpromising  than  this  MS.  on  a  first  glance.  Todd  assigns 
it  to  the  fifteenth  century :  I  should  be  disposed  to  date  it  somewhat  earlier. 
It  comprehends  the  Acts  and  the  Epistles  in  the  usual  Greek  order.  On  pp.  ] — 5, 
is  a  mutilated  virodea-is  to  the  Acts,  the  table  of  KecjiaXaia  being  lost ;  pp.  395 — 404 
exhibit  an  ill-written  synaxarion  of  the  Praxapostolos  ;  pp.  405 — 417  vnodea-fis  and 
KecpaXaia  of  the  Epistlcs,  from  the  Galatians  to  the  Hebrews,  much  torn.  In  fact 
the  MS.  might  almost  be  considered  a  series  of  fragments  in  several  different 
hands:  it  has  the  following  hiatus ;  from  Act.  ii,  36  on  koi  to  iii.  8  Kai  e^aXXoufvos  (one 
leaf):  from  vii.  3  npos  avrov  to  v.  59  cmKoXovfjievov  (three  leaves):  from  xii.  7  Xeyav 

ava   to   V.  25  TrapaXa(3ovTfS  Kai    tw    (onc   leaf) :    from   xiv.  8    ovbeirore   nepi   to    V.  27    per 

avTcou  (one  leaf)^:  from  xviii.  20  avrois  ov  to  xix.  12  <Tov8apia  (one  leaf):  from  xxii.  7 
XfyovoTjs  p^i  to  xxiii.  11  6  Kvpios  (two  leaves):  1  Cor.  viii.  12  (rvveihri<nv  to  ix.  18  Iva  "^onc 


^  When  Mill's  text  differs  from  that  of  my 
standard,  Elzevir  1624,  I  have  assumed  from  the 
silence  of  c  and  e  of  the  Acts  that  they  correspond 
with  Mill,  i.  e,  with  R.  Stephens'  3rd  edition, 
nearly.  I  then  cite  thein  for  a  reading  thus,  "  c  u 
tadle." 


2  The  binder  has  also  misplaced  Acts  xv.  40 — 
xvi.  10  ;  xviii.  20 — xix.  12  is  put  as  pp.  91,  92  in 
cap.  xxvi.  The  leaves  containing  the  following 
are  torn,  Rom.  iii.  27 — 30  and  iv.  9 — 11;  iv.  17 — 
19  and  v.  2 — 4  ;  v.  12 — 15  and  18 — 21;  vi.  6 — 12 
and  18—21. 

i2 


60  DESCRIPTION    OF    CERTAIN    MANUSCRIPTS 

leaf):  2  Cor.  part  of  the  vrrodccns  to  i.  10  iJverai  (one  leaf):  from  Eph.  iii.  2  oiKovofiiav 
Tr]s  to  Phil,  i,  24  /xeufiv  fu:  2  Tim.  iv.  12  anfo-TetXa  to  Tit.  i.  G  kos  avrjp  (one  leaf) :  Hebr. 
vii.  19  eKnibos  to  ix.  12  tStou  (two  leaves).  I  trace  distinctly  at  least  four  hands  in 
this  copy:  pp.  1 — 218  seem  to  be  written  by  one  scribe:  pp.  219—21  (1  Cor,  ii. 
11 — V.  2)  are  in  an  antient  hand,  so  small  as  to  be  barely  legible;  there  are  31  lines 
on  each  page  and  the  ink  is  pale :  p.  222  is  a  large  scrawl,  in  dark  ink,  compara- 
tively modern,  containing  1  Cor.  v.  2  6  to  epyov  to  v.  12  t^co  Kpiveiv.  On  p.  223 
begins  1  Cor.  v.  11  vw  8e  (so  that  i;.  11  and  part  of  v.  12  are  in  two  diflerent 
hands)  on  tliick  ribbed  paper,  i^erhaps  by  the  writer  of  pp.  219 — 21,  pretty  wide 
and  legible  but  in  a  wretched  style:  we  have  now  the  form  a  as  an  abridge- 
ment for  ei,  and  the  particles  of  time  &c.  which  were  dropped  at  the  beginning  of 
each  lesson  are  here  written  in  red,  a  unique  yet  convenient  arrangement:  in  this 
portion  of  the  MS.  aspirates  are  scarcely  used  at  all  but  with  initial  ?;:  this  scribe 
breaks  off  with  p.  280,  2  Cor.  x.  15  Kavxop.fvos,  the  last  two  pages  being  written 
very  large,  in  order  to  cover  the  space;  the  part  of  the  text  on  ribbed  paper  was 
therefore  posterior  in  time  to  what  immediately  follows.  On  p.  281  a  new  hand 
begins  with  2  Cor.  x.  8  Kadaipea-iv,  so  that  vv.  8 — 15  are  twice  written,  and  their 
various  readings  are  separately  indicated  in  my  collation  (d^  for  those  on  p.  280, 
d^  for  those  on  p.  281).  This  portion  is  so  much  damaged  by  damp  as  to 
be  hardly  readable  in  parts  (e.  g.  p.  284) :  it  may  possibly  be  the  work  of  the 
scribe  that  executed  pp.  1 — 218,  but  I  could  not  bring  myself  to  think  so: 
it  is  full  of  itacisms,  errors  of  the  pen,  corrections  sec.  man.,  and  various  read- 
ings, some  of  rarity  and  importance.  This  hand  terminates  on  p.  312,  Eph.  iii.  2, 
after  which  there  occurs  an  hiatus,  and  another  scribe  (p.  313)  commences  Phil.  i. 
24,  who  goes  on  to  the  end  of  the  Synaxarion  which  follows  the  Hebrews  (p.  404) 
in  a  rather  neat  style,  closely  written,  there  being  30  lines  on  each  page.  The 
concluding  pages  405 — 417  are  by  the  penman  of  the  ribbed-paper  portion 
(pp.  223 — 280),  who  may  be  i-egarded  as  the  person  that  brought  this  Codex 
into  its  present  shape.  The  reader  will  pardon  this  long  detail  when  he  observes 
that  the  genius  and  worth  of  the  manuscript  vary  much,  according  to  the  periods 
at  which  its  parts  were  severally  written. 

All  the  Catholic  Epistles  are  preceded  by  vnodea-tis  and  tables  of  Kf(pa\aia :  so 
also  are  Rom.,  1,  2  Corinth.  The  KfcfyaXaia  alone  are  found  before  the  rest,  but 
Gal.  and  Eph.  have  not  even  these,  except  at  the  end,  pp.  405 — 417.  In  the 
early  part  of  the  MS.  the  breathings  and  accents  are  very  irregular,  the 
aspirate  being  almost  constant  in  words  beginning  with  rj  or  o,  e.g.  i^Kova-a,  i^ytpOrj, 

rjTrjrraTO,  ovofxa,  oTnao),  oIkos,  6)(\os,  ovra,  aiTrjo-as,  even  eir  (Act.  XX.  13),  o'lKTeipficov  (Jac.  V. 

11),  ofivvrjre  {v.  12),  a^vaov  (Rom.  X.  7).  Some  words  are  but  half-written  p.m.,  and 
there  are  not  a  few  instances  of  Sp-oioTeXevTov.  N  ((f)e'KKvaTiKov  is  rare,  and  the 
itacisms  are  pretty  numerous,  some  being  inserted  secundd  manu  (e.  g.  Heb.  i.  3)  ; 
nvep-a  for  nvevfia  is  always  uscd,  unless  the  word  be  abridged.     Of  peculiar  forms 


OF    THE    GREEK   TESTAMENT.  61 

we  have  avtiXare  Act.  ii.  23;  Karay-jx'Xeiv  iv.  2  ;  KaTr^yyeWr]  xvii.  13  ;  enea-a  xxii.  7  ;    t)\t.as 

(Jac.  V.  17);  fvKevTpiadco  Rom.  xi.  19;  ovtco,  ovx-  d^paafi,  nearly  always:  yet  the  hand 
which  wrote  the  Hebrews  reads  a^paap.  and  has  besides  aBeXcpos  for  ace.  2  Thess. 
iii.  15;  aTroXir^aade  Col.  iii.  24;  i8aTe  Phil.  iv.  15  sec.  man,;  fpnpocrde  1  Thess  i.  3; 
ii.  19  ;  iii.  9 ;  13  ;  iopaKaa-i  Col.  ii.  1  (so  v.  18)  and  such  like,  and  avrtKareaTrjTe  (with 
many  other  authorities)  Heb.  xii.  4.  The  only  instance  of  t  subscript  is  1  Cor.  v. 
11.  The  letter  ^3  is  put  for  v  (a  rare  change  elsewhere)  1  Cor.  xv.  30;  xvi.  4; 
2  Cor.  xi.  25;  xiii.  11;  Gal.  i.  8  ;  iv.  9 ;  25;  v.  13;  Eph.  i.  16;  ii.  11;  Heb.  xi. 
15 ;  besides  the  ordinary  v  for  j3  2  Cor.  xii.  16  ;  Gal.  iii.  1 ;  27. 

Codex  d  has  the  apxai,  reXr;  and  proper  days  for  lessons  in  a  coarse  rubric  at 
the  top  and  bottom  of  each  page,  and  capitals  at  the  beginning  of  each  lesson. 
There  are  many  various  readings  of  a  curious  character,  inversions  of  order, 
glosses,  &c.  throughout  the  Catholic  Epistles,  and  more  than  usual  in  the 
Pauhne.  I  subjoin  a  list  of  some  passages  which  seem  to  deserve  special 
notice,  and  from  them  it  will  be  seen  how  much  this  MS.  is  countenanced 
by  the  best  uncials:  Act.  i.  11;  ii.  1  (c);  iii.  23  (ACe);  iv.  12;  v.  16;  vi.  14; 
ix.  21 ;  xv.  22  ;  xvi.  15  (E);  23  ;  xviii.  2  ;  xix.  19 ;  29  ;  39  (B);  xxi.  5,  6  (ABCE)  ; 
30  ;  XXV.  8  ;  20  ;  xxvi.  1 ;  xxviii.  16  (c/.  A);  Jac.  ii.  25  (C);  3  Johan.  9  ;  Rom.  xv. 
12;  1  Cor.  x.  11  (ABC);  2  Cor.  xi.  1 ;  8;  Gal.  i.  22;  iii.  23;  v.  8  ;  vi.  11;  Eph. 
ii.  8;  10;  2  Thess.  iii.  8;  Philem.  16;  20;  Hebr.  i.  3;  iv.  5;  vi.  9;  xi.  23; 
xii.  9. 

(e).  Lambeth — of  the  Acts  of  the  Apostles.  I  have  obtained  this  unfinished 
collation  of  Act.  i.  1 — xxvii.  12  from  the  same  source  as  Sanderson's  collation  of 
Codex  c,  viz.  the  case  of  papers  at  Lambeth  numbered  1255  (27 — 33).  It  was 
made  by  the  Rev.  John  Fenton  for  Professor  Carlyle,  and  was  probably  broken  off 
at  the  death  of  the  latter  ^ 

As  Codex  e  is  certainly  not  identical  with  any  of  the  MSS.  I  have  just 
described  (abed),  it  must  have  been  one  of  the  two  remaining  copies  of  the  Acts 
that  were  returned  in  1817,  which  were  marked  Lambeth,  1181  and  C  (Constan- 
tinople). Though  Mr  Fenton's  is  a  well-executed  collation  (so  far  at  least  as  we 
can  judge  in  the  absence  of  the  original)  I  do  not  find  any  account  of  the  docu- 
ment itself  among  his  papers.  Lamb.  1181,  is  termed  in  the  Printed  Catalogue 
"  Codex  Chartaceus  in  quarto,  Sec.  xiv.  L  7.  Acta  Apost.  Epist.  Cath.  et  Pauli 
omnes  complectens."  C  is  merely  mentioned  in  Archdeacon  Todd's  Account  of 
Greelc  Manuscripts,  &c.  p.  68.  Fenton,  like  the  rest  of  Carlyle's  friends,  collated 
his  copy  with  Mill's  text,  but  uses  no  breathings  or  accents,  though  he  carefully 
mai-ks  the  places  where  the  reading  of  his  MS,  was  dubious  or  illegible.  It  con- 
tained many  strong  itacisms  and  so  rich  an  array  of  variations  from  the  common 


1    Professor  Carlyle  died  Vicar  of  Newcastle,  April  J2,  1804,  tet.  45. 


62  DESCRIPTIO.X    OF    CERTAIN    MANUSCRIPTS 

text,  that  WG  cannot  help  regretting  that  we  possess  not  a  fuller  knowledge  of 
its  contents.  The  following  places  are  more  or  less  remarkable:  Acts  ii.  G  (E); 
iii.  4;  7;  9;  21;  iv.  11;  18;  30  (DE);  33;  v.  9;  21;  30  (E);  33  (ABE);  vi.  7; 
vii.  34;  38;  viii.  IG;  24;  37  {hahet  cum  E  et  Ehev.);  ix.  8;  10;  11;  27;  28;  x.  15 
(g);  16;  25  (g) ;  31;  xi.  21;  28;  xii.  25;  xiii.  33  (ABC);  34;  xiv.  10  (CDa  fere); 
17;  20;  XV.  29   (Da);  xvii.  13;  16;  26  (AB) ;  xx.  26   (E);  29  (g);  xxii.  21;  24; 

XXV.    7. 

(e).  Lambeth  118G,  contains  St  Paul's  Epistles  and  the  Apocalypse.  It  is  a 
fine  copy  4to  on  vellum,  of  144  leaves  and  23  lines  in  a  page.  Todd  (who 
reasonably  assigns  it  to  the  eleventh  century,  and  has  given  a  fac-simile  of  Apoc. 
I.  1,  in  the  Lambeth  Catalogue)  calls  it  '-the  best  in  the  collection;"  yet  its 
critical  value  in  St  Paul's  Epistles  is  the  least  of  any  I  examined  in  that  Library: 
in  the  Apocalypse  it  is  indeed  of  singular  weight  and  importance.  It  begins 
Rom.  xvi.  15,  irap  Kai  rovs,  and  ends  Apoc.  xix.  4,  aiJirjv:  but  there  are  also  hiatus 
from  1  Cor.  iv.  19,  raxecos  irpos  vixas  to  vi.  1,  tx^^  (one  leaf);  from  x.  1,  ol  npes  rnxoiv 
to  V.  21,  vaaQf  Ttorrjpiov  (onc  leaf);  from  Hebr.  iii.  14,  piroxot-  yap  ye  to  ix.  19, 
Xakrideia-rjs  yap;  from  Apoc.  xiv.  16,  fni  Tr]v  secuncl.  to  XV.  7,  coz/ay  Tav  (one  leaf). 
This  MS.  is  marked  I.  12  and  13  in  Carlyle's  notation.  It  is  written  in  a  good 
clear  hand  with  a  broad  margin,  although  the  coi^y  is  in  bad  condition,  and  the 
ink  much  faded;  the  last  leaf  especially  is  torn  and  damaged  by  mildew.  Each 
Epistle  is  preceded  by  an  vnodea-is,  but  not  the  Apocalypse.  The  cases  of  u  e^eX- 
Kva-TLKov  in  Cod.  e  are  very  numerous;  in  fact,  it  is  quite  the  ordinary  usage:  there 
is  no  I  subscript,  though  i  ascript  occurs  about  67  times,  chiefly  with  articles 
and  relatives.  The  Apocalypse  has  nothing  in  the  margin,  but  throughout  the 
Ej)istles  the  titles  of  the  KecpaXaia,  the  beginnings  and  endings  of  lessons,  &c. 
are  placed  at  the  tops  of  the  pages,  and  the  following  passages  have  curious 
marginal  notes,  prima  manu:  1  Cor.  xv.  33;  2  Cor.  viii.  21;  Gal,  vi.  15  ;  Col.  iv. 
16;  Tit.  i.  12,  besides  references  to  quotations  from  the  Old  Testament.  The 
accents  are  very  carefully  given,  but  the  breathings  of  compound  words  are  often 
doubled,  or   otherwise  separately  written  (e.g.  Trpoelirov,  Gal.  v.  21)  :  we  find  also 

ipyois  (1  Tim.  V.  10),  oiXooiV  (1  Cor,  ix.  10),  a\j/ipd-os,  vaKip6ivos,  pt]KeTi,daaijTa>s,  6t  av,  h'lo, 

8i  oirep,  hC  oTi,  Kaff  o,  ovKerii  note  also  such  abridgements  as  epwprj,  (2  Tim.  i.  17), 
eKc5,  where  e  stands  for  ev,  and  iopaKa  (1  Cor.  ix.  1),  iopaKaai,  &c.  constantly.  Itacisms 
are  unusually  scarce;  I  have  counted  but  29  throughout  the  whole  MS.  Alexan- 
drine forms  are  so  rare  that  they  are  rejected  even  when  found  in  the  Elzevir  text, 
e.g.  Gal.  V.  4 ;  1  Thess.  iv.  6  ;  Apoc.  i.  17  ;  v.  14  ;  vi.  13  ;  xi.  16  ;  xvii.  10.  There 
are  a  few  erasures  (1  Cor.  vi.  15)  and  changes  sec.  man.  (2  Cor.  xiii.  1),  and 
before  each  book  are  pale  blue  initials.  Few  copies  approach  so  near  the  com- 
mon text  as  this  does  in  the  Epistles,  yet  some  good  readings  maj'^  be  selected 
from  it:  e.g.  1  Cor.  ii.  12;  2  Cor.  xi.  23;  xiii.  12  (AFG)  ;  Gal.  i.  15;  vi.  18; 
Hebr.  x.  7  ;  xi.  26  (BD). 


OF   THE    GREEK    TESTAMENT.  63 

The  next  three  Manuscripts,  fgh  of  the  Acts  and  Epistles,  have  been  described 
in  my  "  Collation  of  Greek  MSS.  of  the  Holy  Gospels,"  where  their  readings  in 
the  Gospels  are  recorded :  I  shall  therefore  repeat  as  little  as  possible  of  what  I 
said  respecting  them  in  that  volume. 

(f).  Codex  Theodori  {Collation,  Introd.  p.  li.)  contains  the  whole  N.T.  except 
the  Apocalypse,  on  vellum,  bearing  date  a.d.  1295.  I  know  not  what  has  be- 
come of  it,  and  have  not  seen  it  since  1845.  Its  variations  in  the  Gospels  I  have 
indicated  by  the  letter  q :  those  in  the  Acts  and  Epistles  are  not  extensive. 

(g).  Codex  Wordsworth  {Collation,  hitrod.  p.  xliii.)  also  contains  the  Gospels 
(which  I  have  noted  by  the  letter  1),  the  Acts  and  all  the  Epistles.  I  presume  it 
is  still  in  Canon  Wordsworth's  possession :  it  is  of  the  13th  century,  on  vellum. 
Many  of  its  readings  will  be  found  to  accord  with  e  of  the  Acts. 

(h).  Codex  Butler  2.  British  Museum,  Additional  MS.  11837  {Collation, 
Introd.  p.  xhv.)  contains  the  whole  New  Testament  on  vellum,  the  various  read- 
ings in  the  Apocalypse,  like  those  of  Lambeth  1186,  being  of  great  value.  This 
MS.  is  our  m  of  the  Gospels,  and,  in  common  with  the  two  preceding  copies, 
does  not  differ  widely  from  the  received  text,  though  it  exhibits  many  lesser 
changes  of  considerable  interest.  Notice  especially  several  pecuharities  in  the 
punctuation.     It  bears  date  a.d.  1357. 

(j).  BuRNEY  48,  in  the  British  Museum,  contains  the  Catholic  Epistles  only. 
They  are  found  at  fol.  221  of  the  second  volume  of  a  large  folio  paper  MS. 
of  Chrysostom's  Homilies  from  the  Galatians  to  the  Hebrews,  but  not  in  the 
same  hand  with  them.  The  Epistles  are  in  a  neat  and  even  elegant  style,  of 
about  the  14th  century.  This  copy  accords  very  often  with  c  and  d  in  their 
less  usual  variations,  and  affords  perhaps  a  more  antient  text  than  many  others 
which  were  written  earher;  a  circumstance  easily  accounted  for,  yet  always 
worth  notice  when  we  meet  with  it.  Before  each  epistle  is  an  vnoeeais  and 
cK^eo-ts  KecpaXaiav,  but  of  St  Jude  nothing  remains  except  a  part  of  the  vnoBecns. 
Here  we  have  i  ascript  and  subscript  used  indifferently,  e.g.  both  in  Jac.  iii. 
7 :  V  e(t)e\KV(TTiKou,  is  uot  found.  There  are  not  above  five  itacisms  in  the 
Catholic  Epistles,  but  in  breathings  we  have  eoiKe,  Jac.  i.  6 ;  23 ;  oXoXvCovres, 
V.  1 ;  earrjKev,  V.  9  j  co8e,  a^paafi.  This  codex  is  carefully  written,  having  but 
one  example  of  oiioioreXevTov  (2  Johan.  3,  4),  but  few  corrections  and  one 
erasure  (1  Johan,  i.  9),  sec.  man.:  we  have,  however,  KaraXen-e,  Jac.  iv.  11,  p.m.; 
KUToXovaw,  1  Pet.  iii.  16,  and  npo  for  Trpos.  The  following  readings  should  be 
noticed:  Jac.  i,  5;  25,  p.m.;  iii.  3  j  14 ;  v.  3 ;  15 ;  16 ;  19 ;  1  Pet.  i,  8  (BC)  ; 
10  ;  ii.  19  ;  iii.  3;  iv.  3  (ABC)  ;  v.  1 ;  11 ;  12  3  2  Pet.  i.  2  ;  4  ;  20  ;  ii.  1  ^xm. ;  21 ; 
iii.  10;  14;  15;  1  Johan.  i.  9 ;  ii.  4  (AB)  ;  7  ;  9,  10  ;  20  ;  23  (ABC);  v.  13; 
2  Johan,  8  (A)  ;  12. 

(j).  Burney  18  is  a  mere  fragment  of  the  Pauline  Epistles,  containing  Hebr. 
xii.  17,  ptra  BciKpvcou,  to  thc  cud  of  that  epistle.      It   is  found  in  the  MS.   I  have 


64  DESCRIPTION    OF    CERTAIN   MANUSCRIPTS 

described  as  n  of  the  Gospels  {Collation,  Introd.  p.  xlvi.)  dated  a.d.  13GG,  between 

fir/Xwo-iy  aKpijirjs  tcov  Kad'  eKaarrjv  r^iepav  avayivaxTKOjiivoiV  anocrToXoevayyeXKOv  (foil.  210 — 214) 
and  a  awa^apiov   T(ou   fopTo)P  rov    oXov   XP°^°^}    SrjXnvv   ra   o(})eiXopfva   aTToa-roXoevayy.    avayi- 

vaxTKiadai  (foil.  218 — 222).  It  is  on  five  pages  (foil.  215 — 217)  in  the  same 
hand  as  the  Gospels,  and  with  the  same  decorations,  viz.  Capitals,  apxai,  TeXrj, 
the  proper  days  and  commencements  of  the  lessons,  all  in  gold.  The  last 
verses  Hebr.  xiii.  17 — 25  are  spread  over  two  pages  in  a  cruciform  shaped 
shewing  that  this  was  the  end  of  the  whole  manuscript,  which  doubtless  once 
contained  the  Acts  and  all  the  Epistles.  Hebr.  xii.  24,  reads  to,  with  B  •  v.  26 
has  ayyai  in  the  margin  ;  otherwise  this  fragment  is  not  at  all  remarkable. 

(k).  Trin.  Coll.  Cvntab.  B.  x.  16.  This  important  MS.  is  the  same  as  w  of 
the  Gospels,  and  has  been  fully  described  above,  p.  xxxviii. 

(1).  Christi  Coll.  Cantab.  F.  i.  13  is  another  interesting  document,  liberally 
lent  me  by  the  Master  and  Fellows  of  Christ's  College.  It  is  noted  by  Mill,  Cant. 
2,  and  was  written  on  vellum  (606  pages,  quarto)  about  the  end  of  the  twelfth 
century  :  it  is  81  inches  long  by  6  broad.  The  first  leaf  being  lost,  it  begins  with 
fH^XeTTovTes  Act.  i.  11 :  there  are  also  hiatus  from  Act.  xviii.  20  xpo  to  x^- 1^  r}X6op.ev; 
and  from  Jac.  v.  14  Trpoaev^aa-daxrav  to  1  Pet.  i.  4  KM  ajxapavTov  (one  leaf)  :  pp.  115 — 
16  (Act.  XX.  24—28;  30—32)  and  p.  170  Jac.  i.  6,  7  are  torn;  pp.  529,  530  are 
misplaced  after  p.  542  :  the  last  two  leaves  are  also  decayed.  Mill  states  that 
Thomas  Gale  had  seen  this  MS.  and  Wetstein  that  he  had  given  extracts  from  its 
readings  to  the  editor  of  the  Oxford  New  Testament  of  1675,  but  the  first  person 
who  examined  it  throughout  was  Mill  himself,  who  speaks  of  it  as  "  sedulo  a  me 
collatum"  (Proleg.  Nov.  Testament.  §  1419).  I  have  now  followed  Mill's  footsteps 
over  no  inconsiderable  space,  but  no  where  have  I  found  less  reason  to  be  satisfied 
with  the  accuracy  of  his  labours.  The  first  chapter  I  tested  happened  to  be  Act. 
xii.  wherein  he  notes  but  one  out  of  the  ten  variations  that  occur  in  Cant.  2 :  in 
fact  the  proportion  of  one  in  three  is  a  favourable  estimate  of  the  readings  he 
cites  compared  with  those  he  omits.  Bentley  next  collated  this  MS.  and  inserted 
its  readings  among  those  of  32  others  collected  for  him  by  J.  J.  Wetstein  in 
1716:  his  collation  remains  at  Trinity  College  (B.  xvii.  10,  11).  It  was  next 
used  by  Jo.  Wigley,  Fellow  of  Christ's  College,  for  John  Jackson  of  Leicester, 
who  projected  an  edition  of  the  Greek  Testament,  and  inserted  the  results 
of  Wigley's  diligence,  with  many  other  stores  he  had  accumulated,  in  the 
margin  of  that  copy  of  Mill  now  preserved  at  Jesus  College,  Cambridge  (vid. 
supra,  p.  xlii.).  While  very  much  remains  to  be  done  in  these  studies,  it  is 
sad  to  see  so  many  efforts  of  honest  and  well-directed  industry  thus  absolutely 


*  A  few  very   costly  copies   exist  exhibiting   I   gelistarium,  said  to  be  written  in  part  by  the  im- 
throughout  a  cruciform  shape  :  perhaps  the  most    |    perial  hand  of  Alexius  Comnenus. 
splendid  of  them  yet  known  is  the  Parhani  Evan-    I 


OF    THE    GREEK    TESTAMENT.  ()5 

thrown  aAvay^  The  fly-leaf  of  this  MS.  contains  an  extract  from  Jackson's 
memorandum  respecting  it  in  the  Jesus  College  copy  of  Mill :  this  extract  had 
previously  been  published  in  Sutton's  Life  of  that  eccentric  and  unhappy 
scholar  {Memoirs  of  the  life  and  loritings  of  Jachson,  1764,  pp.  200,  2G5).  He 
there  states  that  Wigley  had  brought  to  light  more  than  five  hundred  readings 
of  Cant.  2  which  Mill  had  neglected,  and  adds,  "  Hie  MS.  congruit  maxime  cum 
Complut.  et  Leicestr."  I  have  not  myself  seen  Wigley 's  or  examined  Bentley's 
collation,  but  after  a  close  comparison  of  my  own  papers  with  the  MS.  and 
Mill's  edition,  I  think  I  may  claim  the  reader's  confidence  when  I  say  that 
where  I  differ  from  Mill,  the  error  is  not  mine.  There  are  no  vTroBeaeLs  before 
any  of  the  books,  or  lists  of  KfcfiaXma ;  only  that  rubric  capitals  are  placed  at  the 
beginning  of  each  section,  there  would  be  no  divisions  in  the  text  of  each  book. 
Before  St  James'  Epistle  alone  stands  a  slight  illumination;  the  whole  MS.  is 
written  in  the  same  clear  bold  hand,  but  a  second  scribe  has  made  mmuj  changes 
throughout,  even  in  the  punctuation  :  these  it  is  the  more  necessaiy  to  note,  as 
Mill  perpetually  cites  the  changes  of  this  later  pen  for  the  original  readings  of 
his  Cant.  2;  e.g.  Rom.  xv.  7  ;  2  Cor.  i.  21;  1  Thess.  v.  21.  This  Codex  con- 
tains no  I  subscript,  but  60  cases  of  i  ascript,  yet  in  three  instances  out  of  four  at 
the  end  of  the  line,  as  if  to  fill  it  up.  This  is  one  of  the  most  accurately  written 
MSS.  extant ;  a  few  errors  of  the  pen  however  are  caused  by  the  rubric  capitals, 
and  a  few  various  readings,  e.g.  Act.  xxi.  20;  Gal.  i.  13.  The  only  unusual 
breathings  are  akoavra  1  Tim.  v.  18  ;  iXi^eis  Hebr.  i.  12 ;  'A^paafi  ('a  ruhro)  Hebr.  vi. 
13  ;  xi.  8  for  the  ordinary  form  a^paafx.  No  v  (cjieXKva-TiKov  is  found.  Of  grammatical 
peculiarities  we  read  avaSoa-avres  Act.  xxiii.  33  p.  m.;  ema  xxvi.  15  ;  evreaav  1  Cor.  x. 

8;    awoKTevvei  2  Cor,  iii.  6;    e^eirea-are  {with  Elzev.)   Gal.  V.  4;   TrapayyeXe  1  Tim.  iv.  11; 

fvpapevos  Hebr.  ix.  12 ;  avT€KaTf(TTr]r€  xii.  4.  Of  itacisms  I  count  but  47,  whereof  23 
are  interchanges  of  o  and  w.  Ufieis  and  vyxets  are  confused,  sometimes  even  to  the 
detriment  of  the  sense:  e.g.  1  Cor.  iv.  6;  10;  xi.  24  p.m.;  xv.  14;  2  Cor.  viii. 
19;  xi.  8;  Col.  i.  8  ;  1  Thess.  ii.  19;  2  Thess.  ii.  2;  13.  The  interrogation  (;)  is 
so  often  omitted  when  absolutely  required,  that  no  great  weight  can  be  given  to 
its  absence  in  more  doubtful  cases.      Other  forms  worth  notice  are  ovtms  (always 

except  2   Cor.  vii.   14),  diarovTO,  in\  to   avro,  eir    oKr^deias,   to.   vvv,  BiOTravTos,    /uV    intcrrO'*'. 

(even  ov  nrj),  re  often,  Kpipa  and  pUos  always,  Krjpv^,  kut    (vaitiov  (not  Col.  i.  22),  virkp 

av(i>,    VTTfpeKTrepiaa-ov,    i^     avrrjs,    Kadrjpepav,     andpxrjs,     drj'KovoTt,    e^evavTias,    Karapxas,    ovKtri 

always,  ovx,  w5f,  fa-Trjo-av.     The  breathings  are  sometimes  placed  falsely  over  the 


1  I  will  give  one  more  instance  of  this  v:asfe  of   ,   a  most   laborious  collation   he  had  made  of  two 
energy.     No  student  of  late  years  has  ever  spent    j   Bodleian  JISS.  (Godex  Ebnerianus  of  the  Gospels, 


an  hour  in  the  Bodleian  Library,  but  left  it  a 
debtor  to  the  courtesy  and  zeal  of  the  Rev.  H.  0. 
Coxe.  Many  years  since  that  gentleman  forwarded 
to  one  versed  in  Biblical  criticism  his  ojiJ;/  copy  of 


Acts   and  Epistles,  and  Can.  Grfcc.    no  of  the 
Acts  and  Epistles).     It  has   not  been  published 
so  far  as  I  know,  nor  am  I  aware  of  tliere  being 
any  prosprct  of  jniblication. 
K 


()6  DESCRIPTION    OF    CKRTAIN    MANUSCIIIPTS 

rubric  letters  (Act.  ix.-23;  xiii.  4;  xxi.  27;  1  Pet.  iii.  15;  Rom.  xi.  5  ;  1  Thess.  i.  4 ; 
llebr,  ii.  11),  and  the  red  letter,  which  is  in  most  MSS.  later  than  the  original  writing, 
is  here,  as  in  many  other  instances,  often  omitted  altogether.  The  title  of  each 
epistle  is  repeated  rubro  at  the  head  of  its  first  page,  and  we  meet  with  some 
scrawling  notes  in  later  hands  here  and  there,  which  deserve  no  further  mention. 
The  various  readings  of  Codex  1  are  not  so  numerous  as  in  some  others,  but 
always  valuable :  it  well  merits  Mill's  commendation  "  liber  est  probae  notse,"  and 
will   I  am  sure  be  the  more  highly  esteemed,  now  that  it  may  be  better  known. 

1  do  not  agree  with  Jackson  in  perceiving  much  resemblance  to  the  Leicester 
MS.,  but  it  will  often  be  found  in  concert  with  the  ^thiopic  version  (as  Mill  cites 
it)  and  my  codices  e  Act.  and  j,  k.  It  frequently  places  simple  verbs  for  their 
compounds,  e.g.  Act.  ix.  36;  xv.  4;  32;  xxi.  4;  Jac.  i.  20;  Phil.  i.  21;  ii.  30; 
Hebr.  ix.  6 ;  27.  I  subjoin  a  specimen  of  the  variations  in  which  it  is  so  rich : 
Act.  ii.  14 ;  37  ;  38  ;  41  ;  iii.  26  ;  iv.  26  p.m.-,  v.  2  ;  26  ;  vi.  6  ;  vii.  .3  ;  8  ;  38 ;  50  ; 
65  p.m.;  viii.  21 ;  ix.  1 ;  4 ;  26  ;  x.  3  ;  7  ;  17  ;  xiii.  7  ;  41 ;  45 ;  xiv.  11 ;  12  ;  13  ; 
XV.  2;  23;  36;  xvi.  10;  13;  15;  xvii.  12  p.m.',  xviii.  12;  xx.  25  (E) ;  xxi.  14 
p.m.;  19;  25  (BD) ;  39;  xxii.  7  ;  13;  18;  xxiii.  2;  10;  15;  17;  18;  24;  xxiv,  12  ; 
XXV.  26;  27;  xxvi.  10;  14;  29;  xxvii.  6  (A);  10;  20;  28;  xxviii.  6;  14;  21; 
Jac.  i.  25;  27  {Syr.  Vulg.);  ii.  19;  iii.  8;  iv.  4  ;  7;  1  Pet.  i.  9  ;  iii.  17  ;  iv.  12 
p.m.;  14;  17  p.m.;  18;  v.  2;  13  p.m.;  2  Pet.  i.  17;  iii.  10;  16;  1  Johan.  i.  8; 
ii.  8;  15;  iii.  2;  14;  iv.  1;  2  Johan.  3;  4;  Horn.  i.  23;  ii.  16;  iv.  7;  11;  12;  24; 
vi.  20;  22  (JEthiop.);  vii.  21;  viii.  34;  ix.  7;  32;  x.  11;  16  p.m.;  xiii.  9;  xiv.  1; 
14;  XV.  20  2}. m.;  24;  30;  1  Cor.  i.  9;  viii.  10;  x.  29;  xi.  17;  xii.  2  p.m.;  xiii.  13; 
xiv.  25  p.m.;  37  p.m.;  xvi.  1  p.m.;  23  (JEth.);  2  Cor.  i.  5;  ii.  4;  v.  15;  vi.  10; 
12;  viii.  2;  19;  ix.  5;  13;  xii.  21  {JEth.  cf.  xiii.  2);  Gal.  i.  6;  8;  ii.  9  p.m.;  16; 
iv.  19;  Eph.  i.  10;  iii.  10;  18;  v.  3  p.m.;  Phil.  i.  7;  27  {^&h.);  iii.  7;  iv.  14; 
Col.  i.   15;  ii.  2;   16;  iii.   13;    iv.  9  p.m.;  12;    1  Thess.  ii.  9;    iv.  3;  v.  3  p.m.; 

2  Thess.  iii.  4  jj.w.;  8;  11;  18;  1  Tim.  i.  16;  ii.  3  p.m.;  v.  9;  13;  2  Tim.  i.  17; 
iv.  18;  Tit.  i.  9;  Philem.  7;  8;  21;  Hebr.  iii.  6;  vii.  19?;  viii.  6;  ix.  1  (ABD); 
15;  22  p.m.;  23  p.yn.;  x.  25;  34;  xii.  15  p.m.;  19;  24:  p.m.;  xiii.  21.  This  MS. 
is  Wetstein's  24  Act.,  29  Paul. 

(m).  Codex  Leicesthexsis  (which  I  have  called  L  of  the  Gospels)  has  been 
fully  described  above,  p.  xl. 

(n).  Emmanuel.  Coll.:  Cantab.:  i.  4.  35,  is  a  copy  of  St.  Paul's  and  part 
of  the  Catholic  Epistles,  in  the  Library  of  Emmanuel  College,  Cambridge,  the 
Master  and  Fellows  of  which  Society  were  pleased  to  lend  it  me  for  collation :  it 
is  Mill's  Cant.  3,  Wetstein's  Act.  53,  Paul.  30.  This  is  the  smallest  manuscript 
I  have  examined,  measuring  only  4^  inches  square.  The  writing  being  very 
minute  (though  singularly  beautiful)  and  the  ink  much  faded  in  parts,  I  was 
compelled  to  read  it  by  small  portions  at  a  time,  and  usually  with  a  good  glass. 
It  is  written  on  144  leaves  of  vellum,  with  24  lines  on  a  poge,  and  is  of  the  12th 


OF    THE    GREEK    TESTAMENT.  67 

or  13th  century,  or  perhaps  a  little  earlier.  At  the  beginning  of  the  volume  we 
read . "  Collegio  Emmanuelis  in  Testimonium  grati  animi  D.D.  Samuel  Wright, 
cjnsdem  Collegii  alumnus:  Anno  1598,  Pridie  Nonas  Julias."  It  was  used  by. 
Walton  for  his  Polyglot,  but  the  readings  he  extracts  from  it  are  very  few,  and 
he  merely  says  of  it  "liber  (teste  D.  James  in  Cat.  libr.  MSS.  utriusque  Aca- 
demiae)  praestans  ob  antiquitatem,  minutis  characteribus  descriptum"  [Polygl. 
Tom.  vi.)  Mill  first  collated  it  throughout,  (and  I  am  glad  to  be  able  to  add) 
with  much  more  than  his  habitual  accuracy,  though  by  no  means  so  satisfactorily 
as  to  supersede  the  necessity  of  another's  labours:  my  collation  is  quite  indepen- 
dent of  his,  but  its  results  have  been  diligently  compared  with  his  volume,  and 
with  the  original  document.  Unfortunately  this  valuable  book  is  but  a  fragment. 
The  first  half  of  p.  1  is  quite  illegible  from  damp ;  it  contained  the  opening 
verses  of  2  Pet.  ii,  but  the  first  letters  I  can  read  are  on  line  13,  fiapTTjir,  v.  4,  and 
much  on  this  leaf  can  only  be  deciphered  by  a  glass  in  a  strong  light:  all  the 
earlier  portions  of  the  Catholic  Epistles  (James,  1  Peter,  2  Peter  i.)  have 
perished,  and  at  1  Johan.  iii.  20  rrjs  KopBi  is  an  hiatus  which  continues  to  the 
vTToOecns  to  the  Romans  (from  GEcumenius,  given  in  Mill)  ikOeiv  Sia^  Another 
hiatus  occurs  from  1  Cor.  xi.  7,  orf^eiXei  to  xv.  56,  davarov  t]  dfj-apna.  The  MS.  ends 
Hebr.  xi.  27,  rov  yap.  At  1  Tim.  vi.  5,  ttjv  eva-ejSeiav  commences  another  hand,  less 
careful  than  that  of  the  former  scribe;  i  ascript  (which  had  been  used  but  five 
times  before)  now  becomes  very  frequent,  nor  are  the  breathings  and  accents 
placed  so  accuratel}':  the  circumflex  especially  is  often  used  falsely.  We  find 
t  subscript  14  times  in  this  MS.,  and  v  e(f)fXKvaTiKov  is  not  rare.  I  number  184 
itacisms,    chiefly  interchanges  of  «   and  o,  of  ??  and  ei:  of  irregular  forms  only 

enenea-av,   Rom.  XV.  3;   fiaprvpav,  2  Cor.  i.  23;    e^eTrea-are   (with  Elzev.)    Gal.   V.    4;    irpo- 

nTvapiv  (with  Elzev.)  1  Thess.  iv.  G,  and  vyeiaivco  often:  the  augment  is  neglected, 
1  Cor.  iii.  14;  the  reduplication,  2  Pet.  ii.  21:  aw  in  composition  remains  unaltered, 
Rom.  viii.  16;  17;  ix.  1,  &c.  The  breathings  and  accents  throughout  this  MS.  are 
somewhat  peculiar,  and  on  a  pretty  uniform  system;  compounds  have  them  on 
both  parts  of  the  word-,  and  many  monosyllables  receive  a  double  accent, 
e.g.  8(\  vai ,  yap,  fiep,  n^^  intcrr. :  but  not  always;  so  eVer  sometimes.  Otherwise 
the  breathings  are  tolerably  regular;  we  usually  find  ovk,  e'f,  a^pnap,  and  often 
such  forms  as  ovKfam,  ivavTa.  Codex  n  has  also  bC  on,  KaQm,  6t  av,  odev,  and  often 
such  arrangements  as  aneppa  fo-re :  i  has  frequently  no  breathing.  This  copy 
exhibits  several  compendious  forms  of  writing  which  are  not  very  common,  e.  g. 

h  =  av,    h—fp,    "^  =ap,  ~  —  a,  '^  =  av,    "  =  ay,  _  =  w,  '  =  oi/,    '"'  =  &)?,    '  =  ?;?,    "  =  ou  (besides 


1  Mill  cites  Cant.  3  in  error  for  2  JoLan.  8  : 
a-ir6\f(Tr)Te.  The  binder  has  also  misplaced  2  Cor. 
viii.  6 — ix.  14  by  five  leaves,  and  two  leaves  con- 
taining part  of  the  virodeci'S,  the  KecpdXaia  and  Eph. 
i.  I— ii.  3  stand  after  Hebr.  ii.     A  few  word?  are 


lost  by  mutilation  of  the  leaf,  Eom.  ix.  27 — 29  ; 
and  X.  3 — 5.  Hebr.  xi.  19 — 26  is  but  just  legible. 
2  This  practice  in  our  MS.  renders  the  various 
reading  w$  vepl  Kaddpfxara  i  Cor.  iv.  13,  which  I 
cite  after  Mill,  rather  doubtful.] 

k2 


68 


DESCRIPTION    OF    CERTAIN    MANISCKII'TS 


» =  or,  "  =  v   which    arc    usual)  :    ry    is    used   for    tt,    as    in    codices    owz    of  the 
Gospels    and    others  :  the  shape  of  C  is   here  very  peculiar.       Of  omissions  by 

lO/xoioTfAeuroi/  I  have  noted  but  four  in  this  accurate  MS. 

Of  extraneous  matter  this  document  contains  the  inodea-eis  ascribed  to 
OEcumenius  and  tables  of  Ke<])a\aia  before  each  epistle :  the  titles  and  numbers  of 
the  Kec})a\aia  are  also  placed  at  the  top  and  foot  of  each  page.  A  later  scribe  has 
made  some  alterations  in  deeper  ink,  but  many  of  the  marginal  notes  certainly 
seem  to  he  pi'imd  manu:  e.g.  Rom.  xiii.  7;  xiv.  15;  1  Cor.  xvi.  22;  2  Cor.  xiii.  1 
{devTepovofxiov);  Gal.  V.  14 ;  2  Thess.  i.  5.  Citations  from  Scripture  are  usually 
indicated  by  marks  of  quotation,  e.g.  2  Cor.  vi.  16 — 18;  but  this  book  contains 
nothing  in  red  or  coloured  ink.  I  annex  a  few  of  the  less  usual  variations: 
1  Johan.  iii.  18  (ivlth  Ehev.);  Rom.  xi.  3;  xiv.  14;  18;  xv.  3;  14  (B);  xvi.  19;  1 
Cor.  ix.  18  (AC);  2  Cor.  v.  10;  x.  12;  Gal.  iii.  1(>;  Eph.  ii.  4;  iii.  8 ;  Phil.  iii.  13p.m.; 
15;  iv.  22;  Col.  iii.  1;  1  Thess.  ii.  17;  iv.  5;  17  ;  2  Thess.  ii.  10;  1  Tim.  i.  1 
(AD*FG)  ;  iii.  15;  2  Tim.  i.  15;  iii.  7;  Tit.  iii.  15  sec.  man.  (FG) ;  Philem.  15; 
18;  22;  Hebr.  i.  9;  iii.  15  ;  iv.  4  ;  v.  4  ;  vi.  2;  vii.  9;  ix.  26;  x.  10:  some  of 
these  appear  quite  unique. 

(o).     Cantab.  Mm.  6.  9,  described  above  as  v  of  the  Gospels,  p.  xxxv. 

(p).  Brit.  Mus.  Additional  MS.  20,003.  This  copy  contains  only  the  Acts 
of  the  Apostles  in  a  mutilated  condition,  but  it  is  unquestionably  the  most  valu- 
able cursive  MS.  of  that  book  yet  known.  It  was  sold  to  the  British  Museum  in 
1854  by  Tischendorf,  who  seems  to  have  brought  it  from  the  East,  though  on 
this  point  we  lack  information.  A  slight  inspection  having  satisfied  me  of  its 
great  importance,  I  collated  it  with  much  care  and  minuteness :  I  have  since 
learnt  that  it  had  previously  been  collated  both  by  Tischendorf^  and  Tregelles. 
The  latter  Avill  no  doubt  use  it  for  his  edition  of  the  Greek  Testament.  Tischen- 
dorf has  published  his  report  in  the  "Anecdota  Sacra  et  Profana,"  pp.  7,  8 ;  130 
— 146.  I  have  diligently  compared  the  result  of  his  labours  with  my  own,  and 
find  that  I  have  extracted  many  variations  which  he  has  discarded  as  beside  his 
purpose  (e.  g.  itacisms,  peculiarities  of  spelling,  breathing,  or  accent,  and  not  a 
few  readings  of  some  consideration) ;  wheresoever  our  accounts  differed,  the 
original  MS.  was  consulted,  so  that  I  may  state  with  confidence  that  the  collation 
given  in  the  following  pnges  has  been  rendered  by  our  joint  labours  unusually 
accurate :  that  made  by  Tischendorf  is  certainly  open  to  the  charge  of  careless- 
ness brought  against  it  by  Tregelles.  The  MS.  consists  of  57  leaves  of  vellum  in 
small  quarto,  with  23  lines  on  each  page.     The  following  serious  hiatus  occur : 


^  In  the  current  number  of  Tischendorf's  N.T., 
7tli  edition   (October,    1858),   I  observe  that  this 

MS.  is  cited  thnuKrhout  the  Acts  as  "lo^i".  which 


notation  will  doubtless  be  explained  in  his  forth- 
coming Prolegomena. 


OF    THE    GREEK    TESTAMENT. 


69 


from  iv.  S,  apxovrfs  to  vii.  17,  o  xpo""?,  and  from  xvii.  28,  cos  kui  rives  to  xxiii.  9,  ovdep. 
Its  date  appears  from  the  subscription,  on  fol.  o7,  p.  1,  of  which  Tischendorf  has 

given  a  lithographed  facsimile :  f'yjoa'f)?;  ij  TrvevfxaroKfiviTOs  ^  Ifpa  /3i^Xoy  avTi  /carfn-i- 
Tp<i)irelv  Tov  Kv  laKci^  a    Xj   np  "^^  Icoavvov    a,  diax^eipos  tco   a   ■  erovcr   r   (fivi^  .  iv    i^   p-  anpi     k. 

By  r  ^vi^  Tischendorf  and  Tregelles  understand  the  year  of  the  Greek  sera 
6562  or  a.d.  1054 :  I  would  rather  say  a.m.  6552  or  a.d.  10441.  The  hand- 
writing of  this  "John  the  Monk"  is  small  and  not  inelegant,  but  it  abounds  in 
contractions  and  sometimes  degenerates  into  a  scrawl :  in  this  and  some  other 
copies  H  and  N  seem  almost  to  interchange  their  forms.  Some  of  the  nume- 
rous corrections  seem  prima,  mami,  (e.g.  vii.  47;  52;  viii.  15;  28;  29;  xvi.  22; 
27;  xvii.  14;  xxiii.  27  pnm.  loco;  xxvi.  1;  xxvii.  1?;  xxviii.  7;  20;  21;  25)  others 
(e.g.  iii,  3;  viii.  5;  xi.  14 ;  xvii.  10;  xxiii.  19;  27  secundo  loco;  xxiv.  27)  are 
manifestly  later.  There  are  no  rubrical  marks,  divisions  into  chapters,  or 
numerals  denoting  the  usual  KecpaXaia,  but  notes  on  the  beginnings  and  endings  of 
the  Charch  Lessons  and  their  dates  in  a  coarse  later  hand  (in  viii.  25  re^  seems 
p.m.),  in  the  text,  margin,  and  at  the  top  and  bottom  of  the  pages.  We  simply 
read  Trpa^eis  Tcov  aTTocTToKwv  in  common  ink  at  the  head  of  Chap.  i.  and  the  end  of 
Chap,  xxviii.  On  fol.  56,  p.  2,  the  KecfioKaia  of  St  James  are  commenced,  so  that 
this  MS.  once  contained  the  Catholic  Epistles.  There  occur  a  few  small  capitals 
in  black  ink,  and  one  or  two  larger  (e.  g.  Chap,  xiv) :  marks  of  citation  are  pretty 
constant  in  the  margin,  pvimd  manu. 

As  this  copy  must  be  supposed  to  be  drawn  from  some  purer  and  earlier  source 
than  usual,  it  seems  speciallj'  deserving  of  notice  that  its  itacisms,  185  in  number, 
but  little  exceed  the  average,  and  are  of  the  ordinary  type,  only  that  v  is  often  put 
for  01,  as  in  kwos,  \vnos.  I  observe  no  t  ascript  or  subscript,  but  v  ecpeXicvaTtKov  with 
verbs  before  a  consonant  is  universal,  except  in  ix.  22;  xiii.  31;  xxiii.  24;  xxvi.  5; 

xxviii.    7.         Such   forms    as    finav,    aveikare,    KarayyeXo),    pavarjs   are    constant;    Xt/xos   is 

fem.  xi.  28  (so  Bion,  xi.  4);  notice  also  Trapayevap-evos,  x.  33;  aveiKav,  ibid.  39;  8ca~ 
a-Tfikapada,  XV.  24:  the   following  accusatives  in  av  for  a  are  rarer,  nvav,  vii.  34; 

rapaeav,  p.m.,  ix.   11;  uapavav,    ibid.   35;   (iatrikeav,  xiii.  21;    8iav,   xiv.    12;   rpcoaSav,  Xvi. 

8;  pvpav,  xxvii.  5.  The  only  stop  is  (  •  );  for  unusual  punctuation  see  viii.  32,  33;* 
xvi.  9;  37;  xvii.  6  ;  25;  xxvi.  2;  7;  22;  29;  xxvii.  40.  The  breathings  are  nearly 
as  irregular,  and  much  of  the  same  kind  as  in  the  later  uncials  (e.  g.  Harl.  5598 
and  the  Parham  Evangelistaria) :  such  are,  iarai,  ianv,  ixa,  oUos,  oXiyos,  Svopa,  Spei, 
ovv  (yet  a^paap!),  but  (Koaros,  erepos,  tXij/i,  lepov,  &c.     The  accents  are  pretty  correct, 


^  Surely  vi^  instead  of  f/3  for  62  is  very  strange, 
if  not  unprecedented,  and  both  in  the  original  and 
Tischendorf' s  facsimile  the  mark  between  v  and 
/3  is  not  a  plain  t  as  elsewhere,  but  a  jagged  line, 
as  if  a  mere  shp  of  the  pen  :  hence  I  would  read 


r/S  (52),  not  vij3.  Besides,  the  indiction  for  A.D. 
1054  is  7,  for  A.D.  1044  is  12,  the  number  given  in 
the  subscription.  This  last  fact  seems  decisive  of 
the  question. 


70 


DESCRIPTION    OF    CERTAIN    MANUSCRIPTS 


yet  the  circumflex  is  wrongly  placed  in  olbarf,  oik(o,  navXa,  &c.;  enclitics  often  re- 
ceive an  accent,  especially  re:  compound  verbs  have  a  double  accent,  as  irfpUrffiev, 
or  on  the  contrary,  a  preposition  and  its  case  are  accented  as  one  word,  e.g.  8ia\6yov. 
A  clear  idea  of  the  critical  value  of  this  document  may  be  obtained  by  noting 
the  great  number  of  places  in  which  its  readings  support  those  of  the  principal 
uncials  ABCDE  against  the  received  text.  For  this  purpose  I  have  merely  used 
Griesbach's  and  Tischendorf's  (1849)  editions  of  the  Greek  Testament,  yet  in  the 
710  verses  of  which  this  MS.  consists  (297  being  lost),  I  count  no  less  than  699 
such  passages,  in  594  of  which  it  agrees  with  A,  in  50 1  with  B,  in  372  with  C,  in 
225  with  U,  in  298  with  E:  bear  in  mind  also  that  portions  of  CDE  are  lost^  and 
that  B  is  not  even  yet  very  accurately  known.  Now  since  our  MS.  accords  only  29 
times  with  A  alone  of  the  five  uncials,  but  28  times  with  B,  10  with  C,  4  with  D, 
and  7  with  E,  it  follows  that  this  valuable  cursive  copy  countenances  the  uncials 
chieflij  ichere  two  or  more  of  them  agree,  a  plain  indication  of  its  sterling  worth:  and 
we  may  remark  in  passing  that  this  closer  agreement  of  the  principal  authorities 
ABC,  &c.,  in  the  Acts,  renders  the  task  of  settling  the  text  of  this  book  so  far 
easier  than  it  is  in  the  Gospels.  The  nearest  of  my  other  MSS.  to  p  are  doubt- 
less a  (in  its  more  ancient  portions),  c,  and  m  ;  but  the  nearest  to  it  of  all  the 
rest  of  the  cursives  may  perhaps  be  considered  longo  proximus  intervallo.  In 
a  few  remarkable  readings  it  stands  quite  alone:  e.g.  i.  20;  vii.  28;  x.  2;  xiii. 
37;  XV.  12;  xxiii.  30;  xxiv.  12;  xxv.  1;  10;  xxvii.  7;  23;  32;  xxviii.  26.  In 
short,  "  the  excellence  of  this  MS,"  (I  employ  the  words  of  Dr  Tregelles,  Home's 
Introd.  p.  211,  &c.)  "  can  hardly  be  estimated  too  highly,"  while  "it  differs  suffi- 
ciently from  the  other  copies  with  Avhich  it  must  be  classed,  to  shew  that  it  cannot 
be  regarded  as  a  mere  duplicate  of  any  of  them^." 

II.  3.  It  only  remains  for  me  to  speak  briefly  of  the  MSS.  of  the  Apocalypse 
collated  for  this  volume. 

(a).  Lambeth,  1186,  is  e  of  the  Pauline  Epistles,  and  is  described  above, 
p.  Ixii. 

(b).  Butler  2,  Additional  MS.  11837  is  m  of  the  Gospels,  h  of  the  Acts  and 
Epistles,  and  is  named  above,  p.  Ixiii. 

(c).  Harleian:  5678,  also  in  the  British  Museum,  as  are  Codices  d  e  j.  The 
first  eight  chapters  of  this  copy  were  very  loosely  collated  for  Griesbach  by  Paulus 
(31  in  Griesbach's  list),  otherwise  it  has  not  been  examined  before.  The  volume 
which  contains  it  is  of  about  the  fifteenth  century,  on  glazed  paper  in  quarto,  of 
244  leaves.     On  the  top  of  its  first  page  it  is  inscribed  "  Coll.  Agen.  Soc.  Jesu, 


1  Of  these  710  verses,  187  are  lost  in  C,  ■256  in 
D,  72  in  E. 

2  To  the  same  purport  Tischendorf  writes  "Quo 
pauciora  suramas  antiquitatis  monumenta  textum 


actuum  conservarunt,  eo  pluris  codex  noster  sesti- 
mandus  est ;  haud  dubie  enim  antiquissirai  codicis 
uncialis,  qui  ipse  periit,  exemplum  est."  Anecd. 
Scicr.  et.  Prof.  p.  8. 


OF    THE    GREEK    TESTAMENT.  71 

Cat.  InSCr."  It  embraces  (1)  fpfirjvfia  "Ke^eav  Kara  (TTOixftov  ffxr^fpon^VMV  rr]8e  rrj  /3t/3X<u. 
(2)  yfoapyiov  lfpop.vrjp.ovos  ttjs  iiyKoraTrjs  tod  deov  pfyakTjs  eKKkfjaias  tov  TTa)(vpepov  irapacfypaais 
fts  TOV  ayiov  Upopaprvpa  biovvcriov  tov  apeoirayiTrjV^ ,       (3)    The  ApOCalypse  Oil  the  reverse 

of  the  same  leaf  (223)  which  finishes  Pachjmer's  Commentary.  The  title  and 
initial  letter  are  in  rubric ;  the  broad  margin  contains  no  KfC^aXaia  or  liturgical 
matter,  but  there  are  17  capital  letters  throughout  the  book.  This  whole  volume 
is  written  in  the  same  clear  neat  small  hand  :  at  the  end  we  read  ruhro  tw  ^xovti  Km 
ypa<f)avTi  ^f  pov  (rwa-ov.  The  stops  in  this  copy  are  ,  and  ; .  There  is  no  instance  of 
t  ascript  or  subscript,  but  v  f<p€\KV(TriKov  once  occurs  viii.  G,  and  an  hiatus  in  the 
place  of  it  two  or  three  times.  About  four  itacisms  are  met  with  (x.  7 ;  xiii.  1 ; 
XV.  5;  xviii.  13),  and  the  breathings  and  accents  are  regular;  we  have  however 

faTT]Ka,  iii.  20;    ia-rrjKev,  xiv.   1;  rj^ovaiv,  Xviii.  8;    pvKov,  Xviii.  21;    ptyia-Tavis,   xviii.    23; 

laa,  xxi.  IG;  InoKaTw,  but  a8e.  I  note  one  case  of  SpotoTiXevTov,  xiii.  15,  and  the 
anomaly  tov  Spenavov,  xiv.  15:  the  Apocalypse  however  is  so  full  of  violations  of  the 
ordinary  rules  of  Greek  syntax,  that  the  practice  of  a  single  copy  should  not  be 
noticed,  unless  it  stand  nearly  alone.  This  MS.  approaches  nearer  the  common 
text  than  ab  and  most  others,  yet  it  exhibits  many  grave  variations  from  it.  Rare 
readings  are  xii.  9;  xiii.  G;  xiv.  13;  xvii.  15;  xviii.  13  (AC);  14;  17;  xix.  9;  xxii. 
2;  18,  some  of  which  are  mere  glosses.  A  second  hand  has  been  employed, 
chiefly  in  supplying  omissions:  e.g.  iii.  15;  v.  10,  and  about  eight  other  places. 

(d).  Harleian:  5778,  is  called  by  Mill  the  Sinai  MS.,  because  Dr  Covell 
procured  it  thence  {supra,  p.  xlviii.).  It  contains  the  Acts,  Epistles  and  Apoca- 
lypse. In  the  two  former  Dr  Bloomfield  has  examined  it  after  Mill,  and  on  his 
report  of  Mill's  inaccuracy  I  took  it  up  for  the  Apocalypse,  which  I  found  to  have 
been  most  imperfectly  collated.  The  copy  is  in  a  very  bad  state,  quite  illegible 
indeed  in  parts,  and  it  must  have  been  ill  treated  since  Mill's  time,  for  he  has 
preserved  many  readings  of  which  I  could  not  trace  a  vestige.  In  such  cases  I 
have  cited  "d  (IMill),"  and  would  wish  it  to  be  understood  that  the  variation 
rests  on  his  authority.  In  all  places  where  we  differ  I  have  ascertained  that  I  am 
correct,  but  have  not  deemed  it  necessary  to  be  always  complaining  of  my  illus- 
trious predecessor.  This  MS.  is  Wetstein's  Act.  28,  Paul.  34,  Apoc.  8,  and  is  on 
vellum  of  about  the  twelfth  century  (see  Mill,  N.  T.  Proleg.  §  1488 ) :  it  has  an 
hiatus  from  vi.  14  eikia-a-opevov  Kai  to  viii.  1  tco  ovpavco  (one  leaf),  and  breaks  off  xxii. 
19  dyias  Kai  tcov.  Here  V  ecpeXKviTTiKov  is  perpetual,  but  neither  i  ascript  or  subscript. 
We  may  note  dvarapav  i.  11;  GvaTtipt]  ii.  18;  *;  (pro  »?)  iii.  12;  firea-av  v.  14  (with 
Elzev.);  xi.  16  (with  Elzev.);  xvi.  19;  xvii.  10  (with  Elzev.) :  f vpes  ii.  2;  JSe  iv.  1; 

iarasTai,   e(TTr]K€v  {not  ahvays),  6t   av,  ToXavTiala,   o{i8\ls,  (T(l)payi8a,   (rcppayia-iv.       This  is  an 


1  George  Pacbymer  flourished  about  A.D.  1280.    j    Ecchsiast.  Tom.  i.  p.  144.S,  that  real  treasure  to 
On  tbe  title  UpoixvrjtJ.wv  consult  Suicer  TJiesanrit.s   \    the  theoloacical  student. 


72  DESCRIPTION    OF    ("EllTAIN    MANUSCRIPTS 

important  MS.,  more  resembling  ab  than  c:  observe  xvii.  1;  14;  xviii.  1;  xix.  14 
&c.     I  often  cite  d?  in  doubtful  passages. 

(e.).  Hauletan  :  5013,  has  also  been  collated  before  b}' no  less  a  scholar  than 
Griesbach,  who  gives  the  results  of  his  labours  very  negligently  in  his  edition  of 
the  Greek  Testament  (Act.  60;  Paul.  63;  Apoc,  29),  but  more  fully  in  his  Sym- 
bolae  Criticee,  Tom.  i.  p.  226,  &c.  I  must  confess  that  I  vi^as  first  led  to  this  MS. 
by  a  desire  to  test  Griesbach's  exactness  as  a  collator,  and  was  rather  startled  to 
find  our  differences  in  this  single  book  amounted  to  more  than  sixty,  all  of  which 
except  eleven  a  comparison  with  the  original  document  shewed  to  be  errors  on 
Griesbach's  part:  in  fact  he  began  his  work  well  enough,  but  grew  careless  and 
weary  towards  the  end.  This  copy  contains  also  the  Acts  and  Epistles,  collated 
only  in  5o  select  chapters  by  Griesbach,  and  well  deserving  a  thorough  examina- 
tion.    It   is  on  paper,  and  at  the  end  of  the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews  we  read 

TekeiaBev  Kara  fx-qva  jj-diov,    ivSiKTiavos    nevre    km   beKarrjs,    erovs   e^aKiaxi^ioa-Tov    evvaKOcriocrrov 

TTfPTeKaiBeKarov  (a.d.  1407).  Griesbach  minutely  describes  a  most  interesting 
vellum  fragment  in  red  letters  and  a  semi-uncial  character  (he  calls  it  early 
cursive)  of  about  the  ninth  or  tenth  century,  containing  1  Cor.  xv.  52 — 2  Cor. 
i.  15;  x.  13 — xii.  5,  and  barbarously  employed  for  the  binding  of  the  paper  volume 
(Sijmb.  Crit.' Tom.  ii.  p.  162;  N.  T.  Paul.  04)  i.  In  this  fragment  i  subscript  is 
used  3  times,  ascript  twice,  but  in  the  paper  MS.  we  find  t  subscript  almost 
universally:  I  have  remarked  but  one  (xiv.  15)  instance  of  v  ((peXKvariKov.  This 
copy  of  the  Apocalypse  ends  xxii.  2  Kapwov,  one  leaf  being  lost,  but  is  finished 
from  V.  IS  Xtw  to  the  end  of  v.  19  on  the  vellum  fly-leaf.  It  contains  about  eleven 
ordinary  examples  of  itacism^  and  one  of  o/xotoreXenroi/  (xiii.  4).  Of  forms  we  may 
observe  Biylraaovatv  vii.  16;  ixaaSois  i.  13;  fierpos  xxi.  17  ;  wde,  (o8(  and  a>8e  (xiv.  12  &c.), 
vaa-TTis  ter,  (avvqs  (i.  13  &c),  (T(ppayi8as-,  a-({)payi(Tiv,  but  acjipay'iSa  vi,  7 ;  9  p.  m.  In  many 
places  this  document  closely  resembles  Cod.  a,  but  on  the  whole  it  comes  closer 
than  some  others  to  the  Elzevir  text.  The  following  are  rare:  i.  2;  ii.  24;  ix.  15; 
xi.  1;  2;  3  (so  xii.  6);  xii.  9;    13;  17. 

(f).  Codex  Leicestrensis  is  L  of  the  Gospels,  m  of  the  Acts  and  Epistles. 
It  is  described  above  p.  xl. 

(g).  Parham  No.  17  I  believe  to  yield  in  value  and  importance  to  no  copy 
of  the  Apocalypse  except  the  three  uncials.  Mr  Curzon  tells  us  in  his  best 
manner  the  history  of  his  acquisition  of  it  in  1837  at  Caracalla  in  Mount  Athos 
{Visits  to  Monasteries  in  the  Levant,  p.  350) :  this  precious  document  certainly 


^  Tischendorf  has  recently  published  these  pre-  the  Hebrews,  preserved  in  the  Public  Library  of 
cious  fragments,  together  with  some  leaves  of  the  Hamburgh,  in  his  Anecdola  Sarra  d  Prof  ana,  pp. 
same  MS.,  containing  portions  of  the  Epistle  to        147 — 205, 


OF    THE    GREEK    TESTAMENT.  73 

had  a  most  narrow  escape  from  the  ignorant  wastefulness  of  his  friend  the  Abbot. 
It  is  written  on  vellum,  on  IG  leaves,  quarto,  the  12th  and  13th  leaves  being 
misplaced :  it  breaks  ofFxx.  11,  Km  ronos.   In  this  MS.  (which  is  dirty  and  damaged, 
especially  near  the  end)  t  ascript  is  uniformly  employed,  never  being  omitted, 
though  often  inserted  falsely  (e.  g.  fwtoi/) :  v  ec^eXKvo-n/coi/  is  found  seven  times.     One 
great  peculiarity  regards  the  breathings,  than  which  nothing  can  be  imagined 
more  capricious :  thus  in  the  few  opening  verses  Ave  have  ea-rjixaviv  v.  1 ;  ioiauvrjs, 
elprjVT],  iixoTTiov  V.  4 ;    djiapTicov  V.  5 ;  botli  alcovas  and  aloivav  V.  6.      After  this  it  is 
useless  to  multiply  examples,  but  we  have  pretty  consistently  Svojxa,  coSe,  tpya,  e^ftf, 
6^v,  opos,  inra  (not  XV.  7),  iVttcoi/ :  the  accents  are  just  as  ill  put;  sometimes  they 
are  placed  over  each  part  of  a  compound,  and  often  neglected  altogether.   Words 
are  repeatedly  written  twice  over,  and  there  are  about  five  examples  of  6p.oi.oTf\- 
evTov:  the  itacisms  are  46,  quite  of  an  ordinary  complexion.     The  text  of  the 
Apocalypse  is  surrounded  by  a  commentary  in  a  cramped  and  less  distinct  style, 
evidently  however  by  the  same  hand,  which  exhibits  several  forms  of  abridgement 
not  very  usual,  some  of  them  being  nearly  the  same  as  we  met  with  in  Codex  n  of 
the  Epistles  (see  above,  p.  Ixvii.) :  such  are  :  =  a,  '=oy,    =av,     =as.    The  comment- 
ary, which  is  not  very  rare  in  MSS.  of  the  Apocalypse,  is  a  kind  of  epitome  of 
that  of  Arethas,  Archbishop  of  the  Cappadocian  Caesarea  in  the  tenth  century 
(appended  to   the  Paris  CEcumenius,  1631);  so  that  this  copy  cannot  well  be 
placed  earlier  than  the  eleventh  century,  nor  do  I  think  it  later  than  the  twelfth. 
The  title  and  initial  A  alone  are  in  rubric;  there  is  no  division  into  sections,  but 
each  longer  lesson  has  a  capital  letter  at  its  commencement :  these  however  are 
later  than  the  text,  for  they  are   often  written  where   the  smaller  letter  was 
already  found :    e.  g.  ii.  5 ;  8.     There   are  perpetual  notes   of  reference  to   the 
commentary,   above  and  in  the  body  of  the  sacred  text.     This  MS.  frequently 
supports  the  readings  of  Cod.  a,  which  I  presume  is  of  about  the  same  age,  and 
will  merit  attentive  study:  yet  it  is  not  seldom  found  to  agree  with  the  Elzevir 
text  against  the  majority  of  our  copies:  e.g.  xii.  8;  9;  14;  xiii.  2;  3;  5;  8;  18; 
xiv.  3;  4;  7;  8;  19;  xvii.  16;  xviii.  2;  13;  15;  19;  xix.  2;  6;  12;  17;  xx.  11: 
in  many  of  which  g  is  attended  by  our  copies  h  or  n.     The  alterations  in  this 
MS.  seem  to  have  been  made  prima  manu  (except  v.  9),  but  are  certainly  early. 

(h).  Parham,  No.  2,  contains  the  Apocalypse  complete,  on  glazed  paper, 
quarto,  22  leaves,  with  28  lines  on  a  page,  in  a  very  neat  hand,  which  much 
reminded  me  of  Lambeth  1350  (t  of  the  Gospels:  see  my  Collation,  Tntrod.  p.  Iv): 
I  should  assign  it  to  the  14th  century.  This  MS.  also  came  from  Caracalla  in 
1837,  and  is  in  beautiful  preservation.     There  is  a  scrawling  inscription  at  the 

end,    of   which    I    can    decipher    ^0T]dr)    rov    dovXov    a-ov    laavr]    rov    Trana    brjprjTpKov    tov 

rpiCxi^vapyaii  [??J  . . .  We  find  some  short  glosses  or  comments  in  the  margin  of  this 
book;  e.g.  on  ii,  22  kKiv^v  aa-Biveias:  these  are  in  a  later  hand.     The  title,  initial 

L 


74 


DESCRIPTION    OF    CERTAIN    MANUSCRIPTS 


letters  of  the  sections,  and  numerals  indicating  the  KccpaXaia  are  in  pale  red:  the 
only  traces  of  a  second  hand  in  the  text  are  vii.  17 ;  xvii.  10;  xix.  10;  and  a  few 
erasures.  The  breathings  and  accents  are  correct,  though  a  few  are  omitted: 
we  read  aj',  fxrj,  JSf,  dcpov,  eaxroii,  axpi(Tov,  fieraTavra,  ovras  always;  nor  is  the  acccnt 
of  the  enclitic  ever  thrown  back,  when  the  preceding  word  is  properispomenon, 
e.  g.  eine  /xoi.  The  only  v  e(})e'KKvcrTiKov  is  erased  xvii.  10:  i  subscript  is  used  but  six 
times,  always  with  aSrjs  and  aSova-iv ;  t  ascript  never :  the  itacisms  are  but  eight,  of 
the  commonest  kind.  This  MS.  resembles  efg  most  of  ours,  and  is  remarkable 
for  coming  nearer  to  the  Elzevir  text  than  perhaps  any  other  in  existence. 
The  examples  (which  I  have  carefully  noted  in  my  collation)  are  so  numerous, 
that  it  may  suffice  to  state  the  fact  once  for  all  (e.g.  i.  5;  14;  17;  ii.  1;  5;  7; 
10;  17;  25,  &c.).  Other  unusual  readings  are  i.  2;  13  (A);  vi.  5  (AC:  sic  v.  7); 
9;  viii.  9  (A);  13;  X.  4;  7;  xi.  3  (AB);  xvii.  10;  xviii.  3;  17,  &c. 

(j).  British  Museum,  Additional  MS.  17469.  This  copy  of  the  whole  New 
Testament  is  one  of  the  most  precious  of  the  Biblical  MSS.  added  to  our  National 
Library  within  the  last  ten  years  ^  It  was  purchased  from  T.  Rodd,  the  book- 
seller, in  1848.  It  is  a  small  folio  on  vellum  of  186  leaves  and  35  lines  in  a  page; 
not  much  earlier,  I  should  imagine,  than  the  14th  century.  I  have  hitherto 
collated  it  for  the  Apocalypse  alone,  but  on  inspecting  cursorily  the  other  books 
(we  all  know  by  this  time  how  little  a  cursory  inspection  is  worth)  I  observed 
nothing  very  striking:  there  is  an  hiatus  about  1  Tim.  iii.  16.  Before  certain 
liturgical  tables  at  the  end  of  the  volume  we  read  rubro  ra  a-wTeXearr]  rav  KoXav  dco 

X^pi'i  I  *    *    *  (ct  line  erased)   |  rrjpi  tcov  KaXav  nXaa-rov  ye  pov  ',  |    Cot  t(o  8o^a  Tijxr]  Kai   Kparos 

irpeirei  povco\.  This  document  is  neatly  written,  though  the  abridged  forms  are 
rather  numerous ;  the  breathings  and  accents  are  full  and  correct:  we  find  J5f, 
ovx,  pal38os  {vid.  supra,  p.xxxix);  eo-rT^crav  xviii.  17  ;  e|oucrtaj/ xvi.  9 ;  olKovpevT]i  ibid.  14: ; 
ovopara   xxi.  12,    diarovro,  and  (as   in    Cod.  h  &C.)  erne  poi,    ol8a  aov,  k-t.^.   p^   is   used 

almost  always,  as  is  ovras:  we  read  anr{k6a  x.  9;  eneaav  xix.  4;  eTreaa  ibid.  10.  I 
observe  no  instance  of  v  ic^ekKvcmKov,  and  only  twelve  itacisms :  t  subscript  is  per- 
petual (not  however  with  abrjs  or  a>hr{),  and  in  four  places  where  it  ought  not  to  be 
(e.g.  ii.  11  aKovtraTo).  The  title  and  initial  letter  of  each  section  are  in  rubric, 
and  six  examples  of  error  by  opoLOTekevrov  occur.  This  copy  is  of  great  value  and 
full  of  interesting  variations  from  the  general  mass,  especially  in  the  earlier 
chapters.  Of  our  codices  it  most  resembles  ce.  There  will  be  found  to  exist  a 
tendency  to  omit  the  article,  and  the  following  passages  well  merit  examination: 
i.  14;  15;  18;  20;  ii.  17;  xii.  1;  xiii.  10;  18;  xiv.  4;  14;  20;  xviii.  7;  xx.  9; 
xxi.  19;  xxii.  6;  12. 


^  The  following  fresh  copies,  of  the  Gospels 
alone,  await  a  patient  labourer  in  this  field  of 
Biblical  science ;  Addit.  MSS.:  16183  (12th cent.  1); 


16943  (nth  cent.?);  1747°;  i774i;  17982;  19387 i 
a  noble  harvest  for  some  fortunate  scholar. 


OF    THE    GREEK    TESTAMENT.  75 

(k).  Liber  Canonicus  34  in  the  Bodleian  at  Oxford.  The  Libri  Canonici 
comprise  a  splendid  collection  of  576  Greek  Manuscripts,  purchased  by  Dr  Bandi- 
nel,  the  Principal  Librarian  of  the  Bodleian,  at  Venice  in  1817,  from  the  heirs  of 
Abbot  M.  L.  Canonici,  for  the  University  of  Oxford.  They  are  described  by 
Mr  Coxe,  in  the  Bodleian  Catalogue,  Part  in.  (1854).  This  document  contains 
the  whole  New  Testament,  neatly  written  in  quarto,  on  319  paper  leaves,  having 
25  lines  on  a  page,  the  Pauline  Epistles  preceding  the  Acts,  as  in  the  Codex 
Leicestrensis.     At  the  end  of  the  Apocalypse  (the  only  portion  of  the  MS.  yet 

collated)  we  read  Mi^arjXos  daiiaa-Krjvos  6  Kprjs  T(o  eKXafiTTpoTaTO)  km  Travao([)coTUT(o  icoavvr) 
<j)pavyyi.(TKco  TTiKa  fxoipav8ov...i]yep.ovi   km  Tavrrjv   ttjv   deiov  ^i^\ov . . .■^ev  erei   arro  rrjs  ;(ptOTOu 

yewTjo-fcoy  a(j)cr^,  prjvi  tovXXico  uj  (fol.  319),  i.e.  A.D.  1516.  This  John  Francis  Picus 
was  the  nephew  and  biographer  of  the  illustrious  John  Picus  of  Mirandola,  who 
died  in  1494.  A  little  lower  on  fol.  319  is  written  in  the  same  hand  eypa(j)r]  to 
irapov  ^i^Xiov  ev  fioipav8ov\ia,  [Mirandola,  now  in  the  Grand  Duchy  of  ModenaJ  and 
still  lower  in  a  later  but  ancient  hand  "[Si  quis^  h]uic  exemplar!  parvam  fidem 
adhibendam  putet.  descriptum  noverit  e  vetustissimo  codice  manu  scripto.  Nam 
ipse  Jo.  Fran.  Picus  olim  Mirand.  dux  in  Annotationibus  Erasmi,  quas  ipsi  in 
bibliotheca  illius  invenimus,  id  manu  propria  testatum  reliquit.  Ego  hieronymus 
Teggetaeus,  qui  in  praesenti  libri  hujus  sum  possessor,  quae  vidi  hie  annotandum 
putavi;  manum  aiitem  illius  nos  pi^obe  novimus."  The  truth  of  this  statement  is 
established  by  the  character  of  the  text  exhibited  in  the  MS.;  the  slightest 
examination  will  shew  that  the  scribe  has  not  used  Erasmus'  editio  princeps  of  the 
Greek  Testament,  whose  Preface  by  Frobenius  bears  date  March  1,  1516.  In 
the  Apocalypse  this  copy  abounds  in  peculiar  readings;  in  some  places  much 
resembling  e  described  above,  while  in  others  it  stands  quite  alone :  e.  g.  i.  3,  4 ; 
14;  19;  ii.  1;  iv.  1;  8;  vi.  11;  vii.  13;  viii.  1;  ix.l4;  15;  x.  1;  xi.  7;  18;  xii.  3; 
14;  xiii.  3;  4;  12;  xiv.  9;  xvi.  5;  xvii.  5;  12;  13;  16;  xviii.  4;  14;  xix.  9;  xx. 
3;  14;  xxii.  12:  it  often  resembles  Griesbach's  30  (Guelpherbyt.  xvi.  7)  in  its 
rarest  readings.  The  writer  seems  scarcely  familiar  with  Greek  (e.  g.  xvii.  3),  and 
sometimes  employs  the  article  rather  strangely  (e.g.  1  Johan.  v.  8,  on  ol  rpeis  eia-iv 
oi  paprvpovvTis  to  irvevpa,  k.t.X.  omisso  versu  septimo).  From  Apoc.  ii.  11  to  r.  23  km 
yvaxTovTM  there  is  a  chasm,  yet  the  text  runs  on  uno  tenore,  with  no  signs  of  omis- 
sion (vid.  supra,  p.  xli.).  There  occur  no  less  than  13  instances  of  6p.oioT(\fVTov  in  the 
Apocalypse.  The  breathings  and  accents  are  pretty  regular,  but  we  have  6pr], 
ia-TT^Ka,  eaTT]Ka)s  (fere),  xpvcrovs,  and  such  forms  as  ol8a  aov.  Of  itacisms  there  are  few 
or  none.     The  augment  is  omitted  x.  7 ;  we  read  x^f^pav  x.  5,  p.  m.     Geoy,  xP'-^^'^os  &c. 


^  Mr  Coxe  reads  ai^if,  but  we  find  r  with  a 
similar  shape  in  Apoc.  xviii.  6,  not  to  mention 
that  the  Gospels  have  a  like  colophon  bearing  date 
May  23,  1515  (fol.  131),  and  the  Pauline  Epistles 
are  dated  October  11,  X515  (fol.  229). 


2  A  few  letters  are  illegible.  Mr  Coxe  supplies 
"Nemo:"  1  prefer  "  Si  quis,"  supposing  the  point 
after  2^ufet  to  represent  no  more  than  a  comma. 
The  second  g  in  Teggetaeus  is  erased, 

l2 


76  DESCRIPTION    OF    CERTAIN    MANUSCRIPTS 

are  rarely  abridged  :  we  find  coSf,  ovrcd,  orav.  It  is  usual  to  write  i  subscriptum  (never 
ascriptum),  six  times  where  it  should  be  absent.  N  tcpf'kKva-Ti.Kov  before  a  consonant 
is  met  with  three  times,  the  hiatus  for  lack  of  it  twice.  Corrections  are  few,  and 
seeinp.w.  Throughout  the  MS.  is  no  liturgical  or  marginal  matter:  the  Apoca- 
lypse begins  on  the  same  page  as  the  Catholic  Epistles  end,  with  a  simple  initial 
capital  letter,  ruhro.  I  am  indebted  to  Dr  Bandinel's  kind  attention  for  bringing 
this  interesting  copy  under  my  notice. 

(1).  Hauleian:  5537,  is  Mill's  Covell  2,  and  Wetstein's  Act.  25,  Paul.  31, 
Apoc.  7;  containing  the  whole  New  Testament  except  the  Gospels.  This  very 
important  copy  was  loosely  collated  by  Mill,  whose  readings  I  have  compared 
with  my  own  throughout  the  Apocalypse.  It  is  a  small  quarto  of  286  vellum 
leaves,  having  23  lines  on  each  page,  in  a  very  neat  and  clear  hand.  On  fol.  100  b, 
between  the  Catholic  and  Pauhne  Epistles,  after  other  matter  (which  seems  to  fix 
the  country  of  the  MS.  to  the  shores  of  the  iEgean  sea)  we  read  eTeXeiwdrj  6e  6  ayios 

airofTToXos  fiera  km  rrjs  aTTOKaXvyj/^eas  firj  fiaio)  rjyovv  tt)  N  [i.e.  the  PenteCOSt]  'iv8.i'  er.  r^^6 
[a.D.  1087]'  fiaa-CkivovTos  aXe^iov  tov  KOfjL,...Kai  viKoXaov  Trarpiapxov.      Mill  justly  remarks 

"est  certe  hie  ex  libris  nostris  probatioribus"  (Proleg.  §  1482).  The  following 
specimens  of  its  unusual  readings  will  prove  acceptable :  i.  5  [Arah.) ;  ii.  3 ;  16 
{Arab.);  iii.  1  p.m.;  11;  18;  iv.  5 ;  8  (Arab.);  v.  8;  11  (Arab.);  vii.  5;  viii.  13 
(Arab.);  ix.  6  ;  12;  x.  10 ;  xiii.  10;  xiv.  10  (A);  11;  15  (Arab.);  xv.  2  ;  7;  xvi. 
3;  15;  XX.  10;  xxii.  3;  12;  14  {A  fere) ;  20.  It  is  often  thus  found  with  the 
polyglot  Arabic  version  almost  alone ;  also  with  our  h  and  the  Elzevir  text,  where 
they  are  countenanced  by  few  others.  We  find  no  i  ascriptum  or  subscriptum,  but 
V  ecPi^KvaTiKov  is  frequent,  though  mostly  erased  by  a  more  recent  hand,  whereof  I 
observe  no  other  trace,  except  in  xxi.  22,  which  change  is  very  late.  An  hiatus 
occurs  xi.  6  secund.  manu;  the  augment  is  omitted  xiv.- 18  ;  we  find  reaaapfis  and 
eiteaav  (v.  8).  Here  the  itacisms  are  many  and  strong,  especially  ei  interchanged 
with  rf :  ib(i>6r},  i8ov  are  almost  perpetual.  A  few  breathings  are  irregular  (d/Lt/ioj, 
oXiyos,  iviavros,  i(TTr)Ka,  IfxaTLo),  though  even  here  the  usage  fluctuates.  The  circum- 
flex is  often  misplaced :  e.  g.   C<^ov,  Trparov,  oIkov,  ^wwj/*  on  the  contrary  see  pijpas, 

iraa-av,  yrjv,  xP^<^ovs,  &C.  and   such  forms  as  ovKexova-iv,  ovKcvpedr],  or    av,  a>v  (for  a>v),  oval 

and  olai  indifferently,  but  a55e  always.  There  are  five  instances  of  6/xotoreXeuroi/  in 
the  Apocalypse,  which  has  no  viroBea-is,  and  no  Kecfiakaia  noted  in  the  margin,  but 
rubric  capitals  often.    One  rubric  title  is  inserted  in  the  body  of  the  text  (iv.  1). 

(m).  Codex  Mediomontanus  1461,  olim  Meermann.  118,  is  a  MS.  on  vellum, 
on  229  leaves  8vo,  of  the  eleventh  or  twelfth  century  at  the  latest,  purchased  by 
Sir  Thomas  Phillipps,  Bart,  at  the  Meermann  sale  in  1824,  and  now  forming  a  part 
of  his  unrivalled  collection  of  Manuscripts  at  Middle  Hill,  Worcestershire.  It 
contains  the  Acts,  Epistles  and  Apocalypse,  unhappily  in  a  mutilated  condition, 


OF    THE    GREEK    TESTAMENT. 


77 


beginning  Act.  iv.  24  avrois'  6  8ia,  ending  Apoc.  xxi.  12  vluv  irjX.  Many  leaves  are 
lost,  though  only  one  other  in  the  Apocalypse,  containing  from  after  anapxr]  tw  6m 
xiv.  4  to  V.  14  KM  eiTi  TTjv  pe(pe\r]v'  several  leaves  have  also  been  misplaced^.  This 
copy  is  numbered  by  Scholz  Act.  178,  Paul.  242,  Apoc.  87  :  he  probably  saiv  it 
abroad,  but  does  not  once  cite  it  throughout  the  whole  Apocalypse,  which  book 
the  present  owner  most  obligingly  allowed  me  to  collate  at  Middle  Hill :  I  do  not 
imagine  that  the  rest  of  the  MS.  was  ever  examined.  It  is  written  in  a  bold  clear 
hand,  the  number  of  lines  on  each  page  varying  from  23  to  31 :  it  is  worn  in 
parts,  and  occasionally  retouched :  e.  g.  in  five  passages  of  the  Apocalypse  (i.  1 ; 
xiii.  2;  xvii.  13,  14;  xviii.  1;  22,  23):  five  cases  of  SixoioreXevrov  occur.  Each  of 
the  Epistles  has  an  viroBea-ts  before  it,  and  both  they  and  the  Acts  exhibit  in  the 
margin  the  usual  KecpaXaia,  apxat  of  Church  lessons,  liturgical  directions  and  rubric 
capitals :  the  Apocalypse  however  has  no  vTrodfo-is  or  Kf({)a\aia,  but  a  small  illumi- 
nation over  the  title,  and  flourished  capitals  to  the  72  K((})aKaia  in  faded  red.  This 
MS.  abounds  with  rare  and  singular  readings  ;  e.g.  i.  5  ;  7  (article);  13  ;  16  ;  ii.  1 ; 
8;  9;  13;  17;  iii.  1 ;  7  ;  iv.  8  ;  v.  2 ;  9  ;  vi.  9 ;  11;  17  ;  vii.  1;  12;  viii.  1;  12; 
X.  10;  xi.2;  14;  19;  xii.3;  4;  7;  11;  16;  18  (AC);  xiii.  10;  17;  xv.2;  3;xvi. 
20  (article);  xvii.  4;  6  (article);  14;  15;  16;  xviii.  6;  7;  10  (article);  13  (ACc); 
22 ;  xix.  3 ;  6  (c)  ;  13  (g)  ;  17  ;  21 ;  xx.  10  ;  xxi.  9  (A).  It  is  often  found  with 
our  gn.  This  copy  frequently  agrees  with  the  Elzevir  text  with  few  others  :  i.  8 ; 
9;  ii.  7;  iii.  2;  v.  6;  vi.  4;  12;  viii.  7;  8;  ix.  7;  10;  12;  x.  1;  xiii.  7;  14;  18;  xv. 
2;  xviii.  19;  xix.  20;  xx.  8;  xxi.  12.  We  meet  with  no  t  ascriptum  or  suhscrip- 
tum ;  V  e(pe\KV(TTiKov  is  frequent,  but  less  so  towards  the  end  of  the  book.  Only 
eleven  ordinary  itacisms  occur  in  the  Apocalypse:  ixeroncop  is  read  once,  cj^vaXi) 
three  times  (these  forms  are  constant  in  Codex  n,  to  be  described  next):  many 

breathings  are  irregular,  e.  g.  riyaTrrja-fv,  rjvoi^e,  ijuoiyrj,  -qveaypevov,  TjpTjuadr),  i^KOva-a,  e/xea-ai, 
OTTia-m,   oXiya,   ovttco,  owmpa,  6(})e\ov,    and   on   the   Contrary  ij^ova-iv,  fla-TTjKei,  ia-TrjKores  (but 

coTtara),  wSe.     The  circumflex  is  often  put  over  nominatives  in  t],  as  awayay^,  aToXfjy 

"KfVKrj  &C.,  and  over  the  short  penultima,  as  ^aa-raaai,  Seplaai,  Kaviiarlcrai,  dyopaaai, 
irara^ai,  yet  we  have  7rpo</))jrai,  alcovas'.  we  see  also  y\co(Tcras,  dvarelpois,  vno  Kara,  pfj8ev, 
ov  fi^,  both  orav  and  or  av. 


(n).  Baeocc.  48,  in  the  Bodleian,  is  a  volume  in  small  quarto,  consisting  of 
various  pieces  in  several  hands,  some  on  vellum  and  others  on  paper,  of  about  the 
15th  century.  Mr  Coxe  describes  its  general  contents  in  his  Catalogue^.  The 
Apocalypse  commences  at  fol.  51  b,  and  ends  abruptly  at  fol.  74  b,  after  the 


*  After  Apoc.  xi.  i,  read  the  four  following 
leaves  in  this  order,  4,  2,  3,  1 .  After  Apoc.  xix.  i 
two  leaves  are  transposed  and  turned  upside  down. 
The  present  is  hardly  the  place  for  giving-  a  Hat  of 
the  chasms  in  the  Acts  and  Epistles. 


2  On  fol.  18  (paper,  of  the  14th  century)  are 
five  verses  of  the  Apocalypse  (v.  i — 5)  differing  in 
several  places  from  the  text  of  the  copy  I  have 
called  n.  The  readings  of  this  small  fragment  are 
cited  as  n^. 


78 


DESCRIPTION    OF  CERTAIN    MANUSCRIPTS 


words  (38f\vynaTa)v  qvttjs  xvii.  5.  It  is  neatly  and  clearly  written  on  paper,  with  22 
lines  on  the  page,  and  bears  date  irom  the  14th  or  15th  century.  This  copy  was 
collated  (together  with  three  others  at  Oxford)  for  Wetstein's  Greek  Testament 
by  Caspar  Wetstein,  his  kinsman,  Chaplain  to  the  Prince  of  Wales,  and  its  read- 
ings are  numbered  28  in  Wetstein's  edition ;  but  the  collator  has  done  his  work 
most  negligently,  though  I  have  been  glad  to  use  his  labours  for  the  correction  of 
my  own  throughout  the  book.  Codex  n  is  one  of  the  most  important  of  our 
cursive  MSS.,  containing  wide  and  frequent  variations  from  the  mass  of  author- 
ities :  it  somewhat  resembles  our  h  in  its  close  approximation  to  the  Elzevir  text, 
and  next  to  h,  it  approaches  nearest  to  bgl.  For  its  resemblance  to  the  Elzevir 
editions,  see  i.  6 ;  9;  12;  18;  20;  ii.  3;  9;  iii.  9 ;  11;  v.  14;  vi.  8;  9;  ix.  2; 
xvi.  1.  The  following  readings  are  also  remarkable :  ii.  20  ;  27;  iii.  7  ;  12;  13; 
14 ;  18  ;  iv.  7  ;  8  ;  vi.  5  ;  vii.  4 ;  11 ;  viii.  12  ;  ix.  13 ;  xi.  1 ;  5  ;  8 ;  15  ;  xii.  1 ;  4  ; 
xiii.  3;  11;  13;  xiv.  6;  8;  16;  xvii.  3.  In  this  very  recent  codex  we  find 
no  t  ascriptum  or  subscriptum ;  v  €(})(Xkv(ttikov  is  read  but  six  times  before  a  con- 
sonant, the  hiatus  in  its  absence  once  (i.  4).  There  are  five  cases  of  ojioioTiKevrov, 
and  many  itacisms,  chiefly  between  o  and  w :  we  always  have  fieronav,  (j)va\r],  and 
tScodrj,  eppiBt],  each  twice.  Of  grammatical  forms  I  note  only  etSa,  ii.  2.  There  is 
a  slight  illumination  at  the  opening  of  the  Apocalypse,  and  its  first  three  verses 
are  in  rubric.  The  headings  of  the  several  K((f)a\aia  are  interspersed  with  the 
text,  the  K€(})a\aia  numbered  in  the  margin,  and  their  commencements  marked  by 
rubric  capitals.  Numerals  are  invariably  expressed  by  letters,  not  words.  The 
breathings  are  not  very  accurate  or  consistent,  e,  g.  Ittttos,  alua,  abovcnv,  ^Kovaa,  ijvoi^e, 
rj^ovcri,  68ovTes,  oXiya,  ovs  (auris),  (o8e.  The  accents  ai'e  more  carefully  given :  we 
find  however  vnofiovfj  nom.,  cpcovf)  dat,  xpyo-as,  oida  aov,  iirjdels,  &c.  A  few  corrections 
seem  prima  manu,  but  several  are  very  recent,  as  are  some  Latin  notes  which 
disfigure  the  margin,     I  believe  that  this  manuscript  merits  peculiar  attention. 

As  it  is  admitted  on  all  hands  that  the  text  of  the  Apocalypse  is  less  satis- 
factorily represented  in  our  printed  editions  than  that  of  any  other  part  of  the 
New  Testament,  I  deeply  regret  that  scholars  should  have  published  a  revi- 
sion of  it,  even  within  the  last  few  years,  without  having  previously  sought  to 
add  to  our  existing  store  of  materials,  or  at  least  to  test  their  accuracy.  Up  to 
this  time  we  have  an  exact  knowledge  of  but  two  copies  of  this  book  of  Holy 
Scripture,  the  Codex  Alexandrinus  (A)  and  the  Codex  Ephraemi  (C),  the  latter 
a  mere  fragment.  Tischendorf's  transcript  of  the  only  remaining  uncial,  the 
Codex  Vaticanus  2066  (B),  is,  in  fact,  the  result  of  a  hurried  collation  {Monu- 
ment, sacr.  ined.  pp.  407 — 432),  made  under  circumstances  I  should  not  wish  to 
happen  to  me^    I  could  not  doubt  therefore  that  by  collating  the  Manuscripts  of 


^  I  praise  as  little  as  any  one  the  childish  jea- 
lousy displayed  by  the  authorities  at  the  Vatican, 
but  it  is  now  their  fixed  rule  to  permit  no  stranger 


to  collate  their  more  precious  manuscript  treasures. 
Tregelles  however  in  1845,  and  Tischendorf  in 
1 843,  obtained  leave  to  make  facsimiles  of  one  or 


OF    TPIE    GREEK    TESTAMENT. 


79 


the  Apocalypse  above  described,  I  was  helping  to  place  the  text  of  that  book  on  a 
firmer  basis :  a  task  not  only  less  toilsome,  but  (I  will  venture  to  say)  less  preca- 
rious in  its  results  than  the  criticism  of  the  Gospels :  so  much  easier  is  it  in 
this  instance  to  distinguish  the  broad  tide-wave  of  ancient  evidence  from  those 
local  currents  which  bewilder  the  inexperienced  voyager. 


In  the  course  of  my  Biblical  studies  I  met  with  not  a  few  other  MSS.  of 
portions  of  the  Greek  Testament  which  are  not  only  uncollated,  but  have  not  yet 
appeared  in  any  general  Catalogue.  I  have  incidentally  alluded  to  several  in  the 
foregoing  pages  {vid.  pp.  5,  74  note),  I  will  now  mention  a  few  others,  which  nothing 
but  hard  necessity  has  hindered  me  from  subjecting  to  a  closer  examination. 

At  Middle  Hill,  in  that  wonderful  collection  of  more  than  twenty  thousand 
MSS.  in  various  languages,  besides  the  copy  described  above,  p.  76,  I  inspected : 

(1)  A  noble  MS.  of  the  Gospels  (13975)  in  large  foho,  with  a  very  full  com- 
mentary in  minute  letters  surrounding  the  text.  It  may  be  of  the  12th  century, 
and  once  belonged  to  Lord  Strangford. 

(2)  A  copy  of  the  Acts  and  all  the  Epistles  (7681),  dated  a.d.  1107.  This 
MS.  (as  w^ell  as  that  in  the  British  Museum,  Additional  16943)  once  formed  part 
of  the  collection  made  by  the  Hon.  F.  North  for  the  University  of  Corfu. 

(3)  An  Evangelistarium  of  the  12th  or  13th  century  was  described  to  me  by 
Sir  T.  Phillipps,  but  could  not  be  found  at  the  time. 

At  Parham,  besides  the  four  MSS.  I  collated,  and  the  two  specially  named 
above  (p.  47),  are  about  ten  more  copies  of  different  dates,  of  which  seven  con- 
tain the  Gospels,  four  the  Acts  and  Epistles.  A  complete  collation  of  all  the  N.  T. 
MSS.  in  this  Library  would  be  no  unworthy  task  for  any  one  who  desired  to  do 
good  service  to  Biblical  literature. 

I  am  indebted  to  the  kindness  of  Archdeacon  Hale  for  my  acquaintance  with 
three  Lectionaries  which  have  long  been  deposited  in  Sion  College  Library,  but 
even  there  seem  to  have  been  quite  forgotten.  The  Archdeacon  is  engaged  in  com- 
piling a  critical  Catalogue  of  Biblical  Manuscripts  now  in  this  country,  a  work 
of  which  I  should  have  been  glad  indeed  to  have  been  able  to  avail  myself. 

In  addition  to  those  mentioned  above,  I  know  of  but  five  MSS.  of  the  Apoca- 
lypse in  these  islands  (making  only  twenty  in  all),  which  though  they  have  been 
previously  used  for  Mill's  or  Wetstein's  editions,  doubtless  need  renewed  exami- 
nation ;  they  are  the  following  : 


two  passages  of  Codex  B  (2066).  And  now  the 
latter  shall  tell  his  own  story.  "  Mihi  vero  jestate 
anni  1843,  cum  concessum  esset  aliquos  codicis 
versus  facsimili   exprimere,  contigit  ut   in   confi- 


oiendo  facsimili  variantes  lectiones  omnes  editioni 
mese  Lipsiensi  adscriberera."  (N.T.  ed.  1849,  Pro- 
leg,  p.  Ixxiv.)     Contigit  tit ! 


80  DESCRIPTION    OF   CERTAIN    MSS.    OF    THE    GREEK    TESTAMENT. 

(1)  Bodleian :  Huntingdon  131,  vellum  of  the  12th  century,  very  poorly  col- 
lated by  Mill,  whom  I  followed  in  capp.  x.  and  xxii. 

(2)  Bodleian  :  Barocc.  3,  collated  by  Caspar  Wetstein  after  Mill.  The  margin 
of  this  beautiful  little  book,  of  the  eleventh  century,  is  crowded  with  a  very  full 
and  unique  Commentary,  published  by  J.  A.  Cramer,  in  his  Catena  on  the  Apoca- 
lypse, Oxon.  1840.     It  ends  xx.  1,  exov.     I  collated  cap.  x. 

(3)  and  (4-)   Christ  Church,  Oxford,  Wake  1  and  2,  both  collated  by  C.  Wetstein. 
(5)    Cambridge  Public  Library,  Dd.  9,  69,  contains  besides  the  Gospels  of  the 

13th  century,  a  more  recent  copy  of  the  Apocalypse  which  has  not  been  used 
since  Mill's  time. 

I  cannot  help  indulging  the  hope  that  health  and  leisure  may  yet  be  granted 
me  to  pursue  my  researches  among  these  and  similar  treasures  of  our  English 
libraries.  But  while  the  harvest  is  plenteous,  the  labourers  have  hitherto  been 
few  indeed ;  and  I  should  much  rejoice  if  some  of  those  younger  scholars  who 
have  so  generously  appreciated  my  efforts  would  devote  a  portion  of  their  own 
time  to  investigations  which  have  thus  far  boi-ne  some  fruit,  and  seem  to  promise 
yet  more,  in  a  department  of  sacred  learning  which  yields  to  none  in  its  interest 
or  importance. 


ADDENDUM. 

The  following  are  the  notes  in  various  hands  si:)oken  of  on  p.  23  as  being  written  on  the  last  page 
and  covers  of  the  Codex  Augiensis. 

Ad  calcem  pagince.  Hie  liber  est  monasterii  Augi^  Majoris  qui  per  dnm  de  Wildenst  am  Abbatem 
accomodatus  fuit  magistro  Georgio  Schoenlin  de  Schomdorff  decretorum  doctor!  canonico  in  Sindelfingen 
tempore  basiliensis. 

Primd,  ut  videtur  manu :      Tu  domine  universorum  qui  nullam  babes  indigentiam. 

In  libri  operculo,  ad  initimi,  scripta  sunt  {post  lineani  erasam,  antiqud  manu  scriptam,   TempAs 

adhtic  Veniet  post ) 

Georgii  Michaelis  Wepferi  Schaphusiani. 

(Alid  manu:)  Jam  Ludovici  Christian!  M!eg!i. 
Emptus  hie  codex  Richardo  Bentleio  a.d.-'.mdccxviii.     [Bentleii  manu.] 

Alid  manu:  Codex  Augiensis  (supposed  to  have  been  written  in  the  ninth  century)  noted  F  in  the 
second  part  of  Wetstein's  N.T.    Vid.  Marsh's  Michaelis.  Chap.  viii.  Sect.  vi.  4. 

Alid  manu:  Wetstein's  Prolegom.  Vol.  i.  p.  153.  Vol.  11.  p.  6.  Monk's  Life  of  Ben  tley,  11.  p.  121. 
Hunc  codicem  parvi  sestimavit  Wetstenius  ;  plurimi  Bentleius.  vid.  ejus  not.  ms.  ad  init.  Nov.  Testa- 
ment! Oxon.  1675.  8'°  (b.  17.  8  inscript!)  quocum  codicem  contulit.    J.  W[ordsworth].    1839. 

Item  eddem  manu :  This  MS.  is  not  written  in  Anglo-Saxon  chai-acters,  as  has  been  described ;  but 
in  the  renovated  miuuscule  of  the  Caroline  period  (Saec.  IX  vel  x).     J.  0.  W. 

In  operculo,  adfinem  voluminis,  leguntur :  Si  Deus  nobiscum  quis  contra  nos. 

Item  Bentleii  manu,  Monasterium  Augiee  ;  in  Belgis,  ubi  institutus  est  Goddeschalcus  :  et  alia 
qucedam,  nullius  frugis,  variis  manibus. 


Date  Due 

.._,rr— ^ 

r 

^mniwiiiwwr 

MM 

i 

^'■.-x,-.-^.^,^-^.. 

TwnrmtiDiiXj 

J^   3lA.^^AM 

1 

i 

^ 

BS2385.S432 

Contributions  to  the  criticism  of  the 

Princeton  Tlieological  Seminary-Speer  Librar; 


1    1012  00077  1487 


mm